[go: up one dir, main page]
More Web Proxy on the site http://driver.im/

TW202428536A - Glass articles and methods of making the same - Google Patents

Glass articles and methods of making the same Download PDF

Info

Publication number
TW202428536A
TW202428536A TW112143613A TW112143613A TW202428536A TW 202428536 A TW202428536 A TW 202428536A TW 112143613 A TW112143613 A TW 112143613A TW 112143613 A TW112143613 A TW 112143613A TW 202428536 A TW202428536 A TW 202428536A
Authority
TW
Taiwan
Prior art keywords
glass
porous inorganic
inorganic layer
polymer material
less
Prior art date
Application number
TW112143613A
Other languages
Chinese (zh)
Inventor
麥可 貝瑞比
珍法蘭柯絲喬吉斯 布魯尼克斯
Original Assignee
美商康寧公司
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Application filed by 美商康寧公司 filed Critical 美商康寧公司
Publication of TW202428536A publication Critical patent/TW202428536A/en

Links

Classifications

    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C03GLASS; MINERAL OR SLAG WOOL
    • C03CCHEMICAL COMPOSITION OF GLASSES, GLAZES OR VITREOUS ENAMELS; SURFACE TREATMENT OF GLASS; SURFACE TREATMENT OF FIBRES OR FILAMENTS MADE FROM GLASS, MINERALS OR SLAGS; JOINING GLASS TO GLASS OR OTHER MATERIALS
    • C03C17/00Surface treatment of glass, not in the form of fibres or filaments, by coating
    • C03C17/006Surface treatment of glass, not in the form of fibres or filaments, by coating with materials of composite character
    • BPERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
    • B32LAYERED PRODUCTS
    • B32BLAYERED PRODUCTS, i.e. PRODUCTS BUILT-UP OF STRATA OF FLAT OR NON-FLAT, e.g. CELLULAR OR HONEYCOMB, FORM
    • B32B1/00Layered products having a non-planar shape
    • BPERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
    • B32LAYERED PRODUCTS
    • B32BLAYERED PRODUCTS, i.e. PRODUCTS BUILT-UP OF STRATA OF FLAT OR NON-FLAT, e.g. CELLULAR OR HONEYCOMB, FORM
    • B32B17/00Layered products essentially comprising sheet glass, or glass, slag, or like fibres
    • B32B17/06Layered products essentially comprising sheet glass, or glass, slag, or like fibres comprising glass as the main or only constituent of a layer, next to another layer of a specific material
    • B32B17/10Layered products essentially comprising sheet glass, or glass, slag, or like fibres comprising glass as the main or only constituent of a layer, next to another layer of a specific material of synthetic resin
    • B32B17/10005Layered products essentially comprising sheet glass, or glass, slag, or like fibres comprising glass as the main or only constituent of a layer, next to another layer of a specific material of synthetic resin laminated safety glass or glazing
    • B32B17/10009Layered products essentially comprising sheet glass, or glass, slag, or like fibres comprising glass as the main or only constituent of a layer, next to another layer of a specific material of synthetic resin laminated safety glass or glazing characterized by the number, the constitution or treatment of glass sheets
    • B32B17/10036Layered products essentially comprising sheet glass, or glass, slag, or like fibres comprising glass as the main or only constituent of a layer, next to another layer of a specific material of synthetic resin laminated safety glass or glazing characterized by the number, the constitution or treatment of glass sheets comprising two outer glass sheets
    • BPERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
    • B32LAYERED PRODUCTS
    • B32BLAYERED PRODUCTS, i.e. PRODUCTS BUILT-UP OF STRATA OF FLAT OR NON-FLAT, e.g. CELLULAR OR HONEYCOMB, FORM
    • B32B17/00Layered products essentially comprising sheet glass, or glass, slag, or like fibres
    • B32B17/06Layered products essentially comprising sheet glass, or glass, slag, or like fibres comprising glass as the main or only constituent of a layer, next to another layer of a specific material
    • B32B17/10Layered products essentially comprising sheet glass, or glass, slag, or like fibres comprising glass as the main or only constituent of a layer, next to another layer of a specific material of synthetic resin
    • B32B17/10005Layered products essentially comprising sheet glass, or glass, slag, or like fibres comprising glass as the main or only constituent of a layer, next to another layer of a specific material of synthetic resin laminated safety glass or glazing
    • B32B17/10009Layered products essentially comprising sheet glass, or glass, slag, or like fibres comprising glass as the main or only constituent of a layer, next to another layer of a specific material of synthetic resin laminated safety glass or glazing characterized by the number, the constitution or treatment of glass sheets
    • B32B17/10082Properties of the bulk of a glass sheet
    • B32B17/101Properties of the bulk of a glass sheet having a predetermined coefficient of thermal expansion [CTE]
    • BPERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
    • B32LAYERED PRODUCTS
    • B32BLAYERED PRODUCTS, i.e. PRODUCTS BUILT-UP OF STRATA OF FLAT OR NON-FLAT, e.g. CELLULAR OR HONEYCOMB, FORM
    • B32B17/00Layered products essentially comprising sheet glass, or glass, slag, or like fibres
    • B32B17/06Layered products essentially comprising sheet glass, or glass, slag, or like fibres comprising glass as the main or only constituent of a layer, next to another layer of a specific material
    • B32B17/10Layered products essentially comprising sheet glass, or glass, slag, or like fibres comprising glass as the main or only constituent of a layer, next to another layer of a specific material of synthetic resin
    • B32B17/10005Layered products essentially comprising sheet glass, or glass, slag, or like fibres comprising glass as the main or only constituent of a layer, next to another layer of a specific material of synthetic resin laminated safety glass or glazing
    • B32B17/10009Layered products essentially comprising sheet glass, or glass, slag, or like fibres comprising glass as the main or only constituent of a layer, next to another layer of a specific material of synthetic resin laminated safety glass or glazing characterized by the number, the constitution or treatment of glass sheets
    • B32B17/10082Properties of the bulk of a glass sheet
    • B32B17/10119Properties of the bulk of a glass sheet having a composition deviating from the basic composition of soda-lime glass, e.g. borosilicate
    • BPERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
    • B32LAYERED PRODUCTS
    • B32BLAYERED PRODUCTS, i.e. PRODUCTS BUILT-UP OF STRATA OF FLAT OR NON-FLAT, e.g. CELLULAR OR HONEYCOMB, FORM
    • B32B17/00Layered products essentially comprising sheet glass, or glass, slag, or like fibres
    • B32B17/06Layered products essentially comprising sheet glass, or glass, slag, or like fibres comprising glass as the main or only constituent of a layer, next to another layer of a specific material
    • B32B17/10Layered products essentially comprising sheet glass, or glass, slag, or like fibres comprising glass as the main or only constituent of a layer, next to another layer of a specific material of synthetic resin
    • B32B17/10005Layered products essentially comprising sheet glass, or glass, slag, or like fibres comprising glass as the main or only constituent of a layer, next to another layer of a specific material of synthetic resin laminated safety glass or glazing
    • B32B17/10165Functional features of the laminated safety glass or glazing
    • B32B17/10247Laminated safety glass or glazing containing decorations or patterns for aesthetic reasons
    • B32B17/10256Laminated safety glass or glazing containing decorations or patterns for aesthetic reasons created by printing techniques
    • B32B17/10266Laminated safety glass or glazing containing decorations or patterns for aesthetic reasons created by printing techniques on glass pane
    • BPERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
    • B32LAYERED PRODUCTS
    • B32BLAYERED PRODUCTS, i.e. PRODUCTS BUILT-UP OF STRATA OF FLAT OR NON-FLAT, e.g. CELLULAR OR HONEYCOMB, FORM
    • B32B17/00Layered products essentially comprising sheet glass, or glass, slag, or like fibres
    • B32B17/06Layered products essentially comprising sheet glass, or glass, slag, or like fibres comprising glass as the main or only constituent of a layer, next to another layer of a specific material
    • B32B17/10Layered products essentially comprising sheet glass, or glass, slag, or like fibres comprising glass as the main or only constituent of a layer, next to another layer of a specific material of synthetic resin
    • B32B17/10005Layered products essentially comprising sheet glass, or glass, slag, or like fibres comprising glass as the main or only constituent of a layer, next to another layer of a specific material of synthetic resin laminated safety glass or glazing
    • B32B17/10165Functional features of the laminated safety glass or glazing
    • B32B17/10293Edge features, e.g. inserts or holes
    • BPERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
    • B32LAYERED PRODUCTS
    • B32BLAYERED PRODUCTS, i.e. PRODUCTS BUILT-UP OF STRATA OF FLAT OR NON-FLAT, e.g. CELLULAR OR HONEYCOMB, FORM
    • B32B17/00Layered products essentially comprising sheet glass, or glass, slag, or like fibres
    • B32B17/06Layered products essentially comprising sheet glass, or glass, slag, or like fibres comprising glass as the main or only constituent of a layer, next to another layer of a specific material
    • B32B17/10Layered products essentially comprising sheet glass, or glass, slag, or like fibres comprising glass as the main or only constituent of a layer, next to another layer of a specific material of synthetic resin
    • B32B17/10005Layered products essentially comprising sheet glass, or glass, slag, or like fibres comprising glass as the main or only constituent of a layer, next to another layer of a specific material of synthetic resin laminated safety glass or glazing
    • B32B17/10165Functional features of the laminated safety glass or glazing
    • B32B17/10339Specific parts of the laminated safety glass or glazing being colored or tinted
    • B32B17/10348Specific parts of the laminated safety glass or glazing being colored or tinted comprising an obscuration band
    • BPERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
    • B32LAYERED PRODUCTS
    • B32BLAYERED PRODUCTS, i.e. PRODUCTS BUILT-UP OF STRATA OF FLAT OR NON-FLAT, e.g. CELLULAR OR HONEYCOMB, FORM
    • B32B17/00Layered products essentially comprising sheet glass, or glass, slag, or like fibres
    • B32B17/06Layered products essentially comprising sheet glass, or glass, slag, or like fibres comprising glass as the main or only constituent of a layer, next to another layer of a specific material
    • B32B17/10Layered products essentially comprising sheet glass, or glass, slag, or like fibres comprising glass as the main or only constituent of a layer, next to another layer of a specific material of synthetic resin
    • B32B17/10005Layered products essentially comprising sheet glass, or glass, slag, or like fibres comprising glass as the main or only constituent of a layer, next to another layer of a specific material of synthetic resin laminated safety glass or glazing
    • B32B17/1055Layered products essentially comprising sheet glass, or glass, slag, or like fibres comprising glass as the main or only constituent of a layer, next to another layer of a specific material of synthetic resin laminated safety glass or glazing characterized by the resin layer, i.e. interlayer
    • BPERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
    • B32LAYERED PRODUCTS
    • B32BLAYERED PRODUCTS, i.e. PRODUCTS BUILT-UP OF STRATA OF FLAT OR NON-FLAT, e.g. CELLULAR OR HONEYCOMB, FORM
    • B32B17/00Layered products essentially comprising sheet glass, or glass, slag, or like fibres
    • B32B17/06Layered products essentially comprising sheet glass, or glass, slag, or like fibres comprising glass as the main or only constituent of a layer, next to another layer of a specific material
    • B32B17/10Layered products essentially comprising sheet glass, or glass, slag, or like fibres comprising glass as the main or only constituent of a layer, next to another layer of a specific material of synthetic resin
    • B32B17/10005Layered products essentially comprising sheet glass, or glass, slag, or like fibres comprising glass as the main or only constituent of a layer, next to another layer of a specific material of synthetic resin laminated safety glass or glazing
    • B32B17/1055Layered products essentially comprising sheet glass, or glass, slag, or like fibres comprising glass as the main or only constituent of a layer, next to another layer of a specific material of synthetic resin laminated safety glass or glazing characterized by the resin layer, i.e. interlayer
    • B32B17/10605Type of plasticiser
    • BPERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
    • B32LAYERED PRODUCTS
    • B32BLAYERED PRODUCTS, i.e. PRODUCTS BUILT-UP OF STRATA OF FLAT OR NON-FLAT, e.g. CELLULAR OR HONEYCOMB, FORM
    • B32B17/00Layered products essentially comprising sheet glass, or glass, slag, or like fibres
    • B32B17/06Layered products essentially comprising sheet glass, or glass, slag, or like fibres comprising glass as the main or only constituent of a layer, next to another layer of a specific material
    • B32B17/10Layered products essentially comprising sheet glass, or glass, slag, or like fibres comprising glass as the main or only constituent of a layer, next to another layer of a specific material of synthetic resin
    • B32B17/10005Layered products essentially comprising sheet glass, or glass, slag, or like fibres comprising glass as the main or only constituent of a layer, next to another layer of a specific material of synthetic resin laminated safety glass or glazing
    • B32B17/1055Layered products essentially comprising sheet glass, or glass, slag, or like fibres comprising glass as the main or only constituent of a layer, next to another layer of a specific material of synthetic resin laminated safety glass or glazing characterized by the resin layer, i.e. interlayer
    • B32B17/10761Layered products essentially comprising sheet glass, or glass, slag, or like fibres comprising glass as the main or only constituent of a layer, next to another layer of a specific material of synthetic resin laminated safety glass or glazing characterized by the resin layer, i.e. interlayer containing vinyl acetal
    • BPERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
    • B32LAYERED PRODUCTS
    • B32BLAYERED PRODUCTS, i.e. PRODUCTS BUILT-UP OF STRATA OF FLAT OR NON-FLAT, e.g. CELLULAR OR HONEYCOMB, FORM
    • B32B17/00Layered products essentially comprising sheet glass, or glass, slag, or like fibres
    • B32B17/06Layered products essentially comprising sheet glass, or glass, slag, or like fibres comprising glass as the main or only constituent of a layer, next to another layer of a specific material
    • B32B17/10Layered products essentially comprising sheet glass, or glass, slag, or like fibres comprising glass as the main or only constituent of a layer, next to another layer of a specific material of synthetic resin
    • B32B17/10005Layered products essentially comprising sheet glass, or glass, slag, or like fibres comprising glass as the main or only constituent of a layer, next to another layer of a specific material of synthetic resin laminated safety glass or glazing
    • B32B17/1055Layered products essentially comprising sheet glass, or glass, slag, or like fibres comprising glass as the main or only constituent of a layer, next to another layer of a specific material of synthetic resin laminated safety glass or glazing characterized by the resin layer, i.e. interlayer
    • B32B17/10788Layered products essentially comprising sheet glass, or glass, slag, or like fibres comprising glass as the main or only constituent of a layer, next to another layer of a specific material of synthetic resin laminated safety glass or glazing characterized by the resin layer, i.e. interlayer containing ethylene vinylacetate
    • BPERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
    • B32LAYERED PRODUCTS
    • B32BLAYERED PRODUCTS, i.e. PRODUCTS BUILT-UP OF STRATA OF FLAT OR NON-FLAT, e.g. CELLULAR OR HONEYCOMB, FORM
    • B32B17/00Layered products essentially comprising sheet glass, or glass, slag, or like fibres
    • B32B17/06Layered products essentially comprising sheet glass, or glass, slag, or like fibres comprising glass as the main or only constituent of a layer, next to another layer of a specific material
    • B32B17/10Layered products essentially comprising sheet glass, or glass, slag, or like fibres comprising glass as the main or only constituent of a layer, next to another layer of a specific material of synthetic resin
    • B32B17/10005Layered products essentially comprising sheet glass, or glass, slag, or like fibres comprising glass as the main or only constituent of a layer, next to another layer of a specific material of synthetic resin laminated safety glass or glazing
    • B32B17/10807Making laminated safety glass or glazing; Apparatus therefor
    • B32B17/10889Making laminated safety glass or glazing; Apparatus therefor shaping the sheets, e.g. by using a mould
    • BPERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
    • B32LAYERED PRODUCTS
    • B32BLAYERED PRODUCTS, i.e. PRODUCTS BUILT-UP OF STRATA OF FLAT OR NON-FLAT, e.g. CELLULAR OR HONEYCOMB, FORM
    • B32B17/00Layered products essentially comprising sheet glass, or glass, slag, or like fibres
    • B32B17/06Layered products essentially comprising sheet glass, or glass, slag, or like fibres comprising glass as the main or only constituent of a layer, next to another layer of a specific material
    • B32B17/10Layered products essentially comprising sheet glass, or glass, slag, or like fibres comprising glass as the main or only constituent of a layer, next to another layer of a specific material of synthetic resin
    • B32B17/10005Layered products essentially comprising sheet glass, or glass, slag, or like fibres comprising glass as the main or only constituent of a layer, next to another layer of a specific material of synthetic resin laminated safety glass or glazing
    • B32B17/10807Making laminated safety glass or glazing; Apparatus therefor
    • B32B17/10899Making laminated safety glass or glazing; Apparatus therefor by introducing interlayers of synthetic resin
    • B32B17/10935Making laminated safety glass or glazing; Apparatus therefor by introducing interlayers of synthetic resin as a preformed layer, e.g. formed by extrusion
    • BPERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
    • B32LAYERED PRODUCTS
    • B32BLAYERED PRODUCTS, i.e. PRODUCTS BUILT-UP OF STRATA OF FLAT OR NON-FLAT, e.g. CELLULAR OR HONEYCOMB, FORM
    • B32B17/00Layered products essentially comprising sheet glass, or glass, slag, or like fibres
    • B32B17/06Layered products essentially comprising sheet glass, or glass, slag, or like fibres comprising glass as the main or only constituent of a layer, next to another layer of a specific material
    • B32B17/10Layered products essentially comprising sheet glass, or glass, slag, or like fibres comprising glass as the main or only constituent of a layer, next to another layer of a specific material of synthetic resin
    • B32B17/10005Layered products essentially comprising sheet glass, or glass, slag, or like fibres comprising glass as the main or only constituent of a layer, next to another layer of a specific material of synthetic resin laminated safety glass or glazing
    • B32B17/10807Making laminated safety glass or glazing; Apparatus therefor
    • B32B17/10981Pre-treatment of the layers
    • BPERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
    • B32LAYERED PRODUCTS
    • B32BLAYERED PRODUCTS, i.e. PRODUCTS BUILT-UP OF STRATA OF FLAT OR NON-FLAT, e.g. CELLULAR OR HONEYCOMB, FORM
    • B32B27/00Layered products comprising a layer of synthetic resin
    • B32B27/18Layered products comprising a layer of synthetic resin characterised by the use of special additives
    • B32B27/22Layered products comprising a layer of synthetic resin characterised by the use of special additives using plasticisers
    • BPERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
    • B32LAYERED PRODUCTS
    • B32BLAYERED PRODUCTS, i.e. PRODUCTS BUILT-UP OF STRATA OF FLAT OR NON-FLAT, e.g. CELLULAR OR HONEYCOMB, FORM
    • B32B27/00Layered products comprising a layer of synthetic resin
    • B32B27/30Layered products comprising a layer of synthetic resin comprising vinyl (co)polymers; comprising acrylic (co)polymers
    • BPERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
    • B32LAYERED PRODUCTS
    • B32BLAYERED PRODUCTS, i.e. PRODUCTS BUILT-UP OF STRATA OF FLAT OR NON-FLAT, e.g. CELLULAR OR HONEYCOMB, FORM
    • B32B27/00Layered products comprising a layer of synthetic resin
    • B32B27/30Layered products comprising a layer of synthetic resin comprising vinyl (co)polymers; comprising acrylic (co)polymers
    • B32B27/304Layered products comprising a layer of synthetic resin comprising vinyl (co)polymers; comprising acrylic (co)polymers comprising vinyl halide (co)polymers, e.g. PVC, PVDC, PVF, PVDF
    • BPERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
    • B32LAYERED PRODUCTS
    • B32BLAYERED PRODUCTS, i.e. PRODUCTS BUILT-UP OF STRATA OF FLAT OR NON-FLAT, e.g. CELLULAR OR HONEYCOMB, FORM
    • B32B27/00Layered products comprising a layer of synthetic resin
    • B32B27/30Layered products comprising a layer of synthetic resin comprising vinyl (co)polymers; comprising acrylic (co)polymers
    • B32B27/306Layered products comprising a layer of synthetic resin comprising vinyl (co)polymers; comprising acrylic (co)polymers comprising vinyl acetate or vinyl alcohol (co)polymers
    • BPERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
    • B32LAYERED PRODUCTS
    • B32BLAYERED PRODUCTS, i.e. PRODUCTS BUILT-UP OF STRATA OF FLAT OR NON-FLAT, e.g. CELLULAR OR HONEYCOMB, FORM
    • B32B7/00Layered products characterised by the relation between layers; Layered products characterised by the relative orientation of features between layers, or by the relative values of a measurable parameter between layers, i.e. products comprising layers having different physical, chemical or physicochemical properties; Layered products characterised by the interconnection of layers
    • B32B7/02Physical, chemical or physicochemical properties
    • B32B7/027Thermal properties
    • BPERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
    • B32LAYERED PRODUCTS
    • B32BLAYERED PRODUCTS, i.e. PRODUCTS BUILT-UP OF STRATA OF FLAT OR NON-FLAT, e.g. CELLULAR OR HONEYCOMB, FORM
    • B32B7/00Layered products characterised by the relation between layers; Layered products characterised by the relative orientation of features between layers, or by the relative values of a measurable parameter between layers, i.e. products comprising layers having different physical, chemical or physicochemical properties; Layered products characterised by the interconnection of layers
    • B32B7/04Interconnection of layers
    • B32B7/12Interconnection of layers using interposed adhesives or interposed materials with bonding properties
    • BPERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
    • B32LAYERED PRODUCTS
    • B32BLAYERED PRODUCTS, i.e. PRODUCTS BUILT-UP OF STRATA OF FLAT OR NON-FLAT, e.g. CELLULAR OR HONEYCOMB, FORM
    • B32B2255/00Coating on the layer surface
    • B32B2255/26Polymeric coating
    • BPERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
    • B32LAYERED PRODUCTS
    • B32BLAYERED PRODUCTS, i.e. PRODUCTS BUILT-UP OF STRATA OF FLAT OR NON-FLAT, e.g. CELLULAR OR HONEYCOMB, FORM
    • B32B2307/00Properties of the layers or laminate
    • B32B2307/30Properties of the layers or laminate having particular thermal properties
    • BPERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
    • B32LAYERED PRODUCTS
    • B32BLAYERED PRODUCTS, i.e. PRODUCTS BUILT-UP OF STRATA OF FLAT OR NON-FLAT, e.g. CELLULAR OR HONEYCOMB, FORM
    • B32B2307/00Properties of the layers or laminate
    • B32B2307/40Properties of the layers or laminate having particular optical properties
    • B32B2307/402Coloured
    • B32B2307/4023Coloured on the layer surface, e.g. ink
    • BPERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
    • B32LAYERED PRODUCTS
    • B32BLAYERED PRODUCTS, i.e. PRODUCTS BUILT-UP OF STRATA OF FLAT OR NON-FLAT, e.g. CELLULAR OR HONEYCOMB, FORM
    • B32B2307/00Properties of the layers or laminate
    • B32B2307/40Properties of the layers or laminate having particular optical properties
    • B32B2307/41Opaque
    • BPERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
    • B32LAYERED PRODUCTS
    • B32BLAYERED PRODUCTS, i.e. PRODUCTS BUILT-UP OF STRATA OF FLAT OR NON-FLAT, e.g. CELLULAR OR HONEYCOMB, FORM
    • B32B2307/00Properties of the layers or laminate
    • B32B2307/40Properties of the layers or laminate having particular optical properties
    • B32B2307/412Transparent
    • BPERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
    • B32LAYERED PRODUCTS
    • B32BLAYERED PRODUCTS, i.e. PRODUCTS BUILT-UP OF STRATA OF FLAT OR NON-FLAT, e.g. CELLULAR OR HONEYCOMB, FORM
    • B32B2307/00Properties of the layers or laminate
    • B32B2307/70Other properties
    • B32B2307/732Dimensional properties
    • B32B2307/737Dimensions, e.g. volume or area
    • B32B2307/7375Linear, e.g. length, distance or width
    • B32B2307/7376Thickness
    • BPERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
    • B32LAYERED PRODUCTS
    • B32BLAYERED PRODUCTS, i.e. PRODUCTS BUILT-UP OF STRATA OF FLAT OR NON-FLAT, e.g. CELLULAR OR HONEYCOMB, FORM
    • B32B2605/00Vehicles
    • B32B2605/08Cars
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C03GLASS; MINERAL OR SLAG WOOL
    • C03CCHEMICAL COMPOSITION OF GLASSES, GLAZES OR VITREOUS ENAMELS; SURFACE TREATMENT OF GLASS; SURFACE TREATMENT OF FIBRES OR FILAMENTS MADE FROM GLASS, MINERALS OR SLAGS; JOINING GLASS TO GLASS OR OTHER MATERIALS
    • C03C2217/00Coatings on glass
    • C03C2217/40Coatings comprising at least one inhomogeneous layer
    • C03C2217/425Coatings comprising at least one inhomogeneous layer consisting of a porous layer

Landscapes

  • Chemical & Material Sciences (AREA)
  • Physics & Mathematics (AREA)
  • Engineering & Computer Science (AREA)
  • Thermal Sciences (AREA)
  • Life Sciences & Earth Sciences (AREA)
  • Chemical Kinetics & Catalysis (AREA)
  • General Chemical & Material Sciences (AREA)
  • Geochemistry & Mineralogy (AREA)
  • Materials Engineering (AREA)
  • Organic Chemistry (AREA)
  • Composite Materials (AREA)
  • Mechanical Engineering (AREA)
  • Laminated Bodies (AREA)

Abstract

Glass articles include an interlayer positioned between a second major surface of a first glass substrate and a third major surface of a second glass substrate. Glass articles include a porous interlayer including a plurality of pores and adhered to the second major surface or the third major surface. A polymeric material is positioned in the plurality of pores. In aspects, first glass transition temperature of the interlayer is greater than a second glass transitions temperature of a polymeric material by about 10℃ or more. In aspects, a maximum ΔE value is about 2.0 or less. Methods include filling a plurality of pores of a porous inorganic layer on a first glass substrate with a polymeric solution or a polymeric emulsion that is then dried to form a polymeric material. An interlayer can be used to laminate the first glass substrate to a second glass substrate.

Description

玻璃製品及其製作方法Glass product and manufacturing method thereof

本申請案根據專利法主張2022年11月22日申請的美國臨時申請案序列第63/427167號之優先權權益,該臨時申請案之內容係本文之依託且以引用方式整體併入本文中。This application claims the benefit of priority under patent law to U.S. provisional application serial number 63/427167 filed on November 22, 2022, the contents of which are relied upon and incorporated herein by reference in their entirety.

本揭露總體而言係關於玻璃製品及其製作方法,且更特定而言,係關於包含多孔無機層的玻璃製品及其形成方法。The present disclosure relates generally to glass articles and methods of making the same, and more particularly to glass articles including porous inorganic layers and methods of forming the same.

釉層常常用作汽車玻璃的裝飾元件及著色元件,諸如擋風玻璃、天窗及後窗。作為裝飾,釉通常採用沿窗玻璃外周的點漸變及邊沿之形式。例如,裝飾層既可用於提升外觀,又可用於保護下面的黏合劑免受紫外線降解。Glazes are often used as decorative and tinted elements on automotive glass, such as windshields, sunroofs, and rear windows. As a decoration, glazes are usually in the form of dot gradients and edges along the perimeter of the window glass. Decorative layers can be used to enhance the appearance and protect the underlying adhesive from UV degradation, for example.

習知地,汽車玻璃由熱強化鈉鈣矽玻璃形成。熱強化誘導表面壓縮應力,進而增強玻璃抵抗機械故障的能力。然而,道路的應力及固有風險要求習知汽車玻璃相對較厚及較重,以達到所要耐久性水準。因為自耐久性觀點來看,此類鈉鈣矽玻璃往往存在若干缺點。鈉鈣矽酸鹽的此類缺點之實例包括較差的化學風化效能、衝擊效能及刮擦效能。As is known, automotive glass is formed from heat-strengthened sodium calcium silicate glass. Heat strengthening induces surface compressive stresses, which in turn enhance the glass's ability to resist mechanical failure. However, the stresses and inherent risks of roads require that conventional automotive glass be relatively thick and heavy to achieve the desired durability level. Because such sodium calcium silicate glass often has several disadvantages from a durability point of view. Examples of such disadvantages of sodium calcium silicate include poor chemical weathering resistance, impact resistance, and scratch resistance.

硼矽酸鹽玻璃正在被考慮用於汽車窗應用,因為它們具有若干優於鈉鈣矽玻璃的優點,包括改良的化學風化效能、改良的耐刮擦性、改良的衝擊效能及有利的低密度。與硼矽酸鹽玻璃相關聯的一個複雜性在於,此類玻璃的熱膨脹係數(coefficient of thermal expansion,CTE)往往低於與鈉鈣矽玻璃或鋁矽酸鹽玻璃相關聯的彼等CTE。與硼矽酸鹽玻璃相關聯的此類更低的熱膨脹係數可能與商品陶瓷釉不相容。硼矽酸鹽玻璃與商品釉之間的CTE差異可能降低擋風玻璃的機械效能並妨礙擋風玻璃具有所要外觀。Borosilicate glasses are being considered for automotive window applications because they have several advantages over sodium calcium silicate glasses, including improved chemical weathering performance, improved scratch resistance, improved impact performance, and advantageously low density. One complexity associated with borosilicate glasses is that the coefficient of thermal expansion (CTE) of such glasses is often lower than those CTEs associated with sodium calcium silicate glasses or aluminosilicate glasses. Such lower coefficients of thermal expansion associated with borosilicate glasses may be incompatible with commercial ceramic glazes. The difference in CTE between borosilicate glasses and commercial glazes may reduce the mechanical performance of the windshield and prevent the windshield from having a desired appearance.

在玻璃基板之間提供聚合物中間層係汽車窗應用中已知的。汽車窗應用中用於黏合組件的中間層之性質可能與光學清晰度或可用於汽車的更複雜的控制系統的其他性質相衝突。Providing a polymer interlayer between glass substrates is known in automotive glazing applications. The properties of the interlayer used to bond the components in automotive glazing applications may conflict with optical clarity or other properties of the more complex control systems that may be used in the automobile.

因此,需要一種與硼矽酸鹽玻璃或其他合適的低CTE材料組合使用的改良的釉。亦需要可同時提供良好黏合性及光學清晰度的玻璃製品。Therefore, there is a need for an improved glaze for use in combination with borosilicate glass or other suitable low CTE materials. There is also a need for glass products that can provide both good adhesion and optical clarity.

本文闡述了包含多孔無機層的玻璃製品,其中該多孔無機層的複數個孔中定位有聚合物材料。提供具有低玻璃轉變溫度(例如,約85℃或更小)的聚合物材料可能夠達成聚合物材料輕鬆定位(例如,填充)於(一或多個)多孔無機層的複數個孔中。提供具有約40℃或更大的玻璃轉變溫度的聚合物材料可減少在玻璃製品的使用期間通常遇到的溫度範圍內聚合物材料之性質的變化。提供複數個孔之外的約30 μm或更小的聚合物材料厚度可降低玻璃製品之不具有(一或多個)多孔無機層的部分中聚合物材料的可見度,這可簡化製造,因為聚合物材料中的前驅物的輕微未對準或過度施加可能不需要自(一或多個)玻璃基板移除(例如,清除)。提供複數個孔之外的約1 μm或更大的聚合物厚度可提供足以使得聚合物材料亦可定位於多孔無機層的複數個孔中的聚合物材料。將聚合物材料定位於複數個孔中可提供具有預定色彩的實質上均勻的外觀。此外,玻璃製品可表現出玻璃製品的在複數個孔中具有聚合物材料的多孔無機層的部分與玻璃製品的不具有聚合物材料的部分之間的低最大ΔE可提供對於觀察者可為視覺上察覺不出的與多孔無機層相關聯的實質上均勻的色彩。Glass articles comprising a porous inorganic layer are described herein, wherein a polymer material is positioned in a plurality of pores of the porous inorganic layer. Providing a polymer material having a low glass transition temperature (e.g., about 85° C. or less) may allow the polymer material to be easily positioned (e.g., filled) in the plurality of pores of the (one or more) porous inorganic layer. Providing a polymer material having a glass transition temperature of about 40° C. or greater may reduce changes in the properties of the polymer material within a temperature range typically encountered during use of the glass article. Providing a polymer material thickness of about 30 μm or less outside of the plurality of pores may reduce the visibility of the polymer material in portions of the glass article that do not have the (one or more) porous inorganic layer, which may simplify manufacturing because slight misalignment or over-application of a precursor in the polymer material may not require removal (e.g., cleaning) from the (one or more) glass substrates. Providing a polymer thickness of about 1 μm or more outside of the plurality of pores can provide the polymer material sufficient to allow the polymer material to be positioned also in the plurality of pores of the porous inorganic layer. Positioning the polymer material in the plurality of pores can provide a substantially uniform appearance having a predetermined color. In addition, the glass article can exhibit a low maximum ΔE between portions of the glass article having the porous inorganic layer in the plurality of pores and portions of the glass article not having the polymer material, which can provide a substantially uniform color associated with the porous inorganic layer that is visually imperceptible to an observer.

當結合至層壓體中時,(一或多個)多孔無機層可用作具有預定色彩外觀的裝飾層。已發現,孔隙率可防止(一或多個)多孔無機層降低(一或多個)玻璃基板的機械強度。不希望受理論束縛,據信,孔隙率減小玻璃基板與裝飾釉之間的連續接觸區域的大小,這減少在裝飾玻璃製品的製造期間引起的CTE誘導的應力積聚,由此減少或防止缺陷形成及傳播。當結合至層壓體中時,孔隙率亦可有助於多孔無機層具有預定色彩外觀。例如,中間層用於將具有多孔無機層的玻璃基板附接至另一玻璃基板。如下文所論述,聚合物材料可填充多孔無機層的複數個孔,這可使玻璃製品之包括多孔無機層之部分的外觀變暗。When incorporated into a laminate, the (one or more) porous inorganic layer(s) can be used as a decorative layer having a predetermined color appearance. It has been found that porosity can prevent the (one or more) porous inorganic layer(s) from reducing the mechanical strength of the (one or more) glass substrate(s). Without wishing to be bound by theory, it is believed that the porosity reduces the size of the continuous contact area between the glass substrate and the decorative glaze, which reduces the CTE-induced stress accumulation caused during the manufacture of the decorative glass article, thereby reducing or preventing defect formation and propagation. When incorporated into a laminate, the porosity can also help the porous inorganic layer have a predetermined color appearance. For example, an intermediate layer is used to attach a glass substrate having a porous inorganic layer to another glass substrate. As discussed below, the polymer material may fill the plurality of pores of the porous inorganic layer, which may darken the appearance of the portion of the glass article that includes the porous inorganic layer.

提供玻璃製品的內表面上的(一或多個)多孔無機層可用於保護層免受機械降解及/或氧化。此外,(一或多個)多孔無機層的放置亦可有助於隱藏嵌入於第一玻璃基板 200與第二玻璃基板 220之間的任何附加組件(例如,與除霧系統相關聯的導電元件)。此外,當第一玻璃基板及第二玻璃基板由具有不同組成物及/或厚度的玻璃建構時,(一或多個)多孔無機層的多個帶可提供預定美觀外觀。在態樣中,(一或多個)多孔無機層將具有提供吸引人的外觀及用作阻擋可見光及紫外線(ultraviolet,UV)光的屏蔽件的雙重功能。另外,玻璃製品可包括附加功能性,例如包括紅外線反射塗層及/或抗反射塗層。 Providing (one or more) porous inorganic layers on the inner surface of the glass article can be used to protect the layer from mechanical degradation and/or oxidation. In addition, the placement of (one or more) porous inorganic layers can also help hide any additional components embedded between the first glass substrate 200 and the second glass substrate 220 (for example, conductive elements associated with the defogging system). In addition, when the first glass substrate and the second glass substrate are constructed of glasses with different compositions and/or thicknesses, multiple bands of (one or more) porous inorganic layers can provide a predetermined aesthetic appearance. In an embodiment, (one or more) porous inorganic layers will have the dual function of providing an attractive appearance and serving as a shield to block visible light and ultraviolet (UV) light. In addition, the glass article may include additional functionality, such as including an infrared reflective coating and/or an anti-reflective coating.

如本文所描述,將(一或多個)多孔無機層建構成具有近似等於第一玻璃基板的CTE的CTE可防止在玻璃製品的製造期間在多孔無機層中形成裂紋,且亦防止多孔無機層的結合降低第一玻璃基板及/或玻璃製品的機械強度。第一玻璃基板可包含硼矽酸鹽玻璃組成物,這可特別有益,因為與當前用作汽車窗用玻璃中的外玻璃基板的鈉鈣矽酸鹽玻璃相比,硼矽酸鹽玻璃可具有更大的耐熱衝擊性,且更能抵抗因來自道路碎片(例如,岩石或類似物)的衝擊事件造成的裂紋形成。已發現此類玻璃表現出有利的環形開裂行為,從而防止缺陷自衝擊點徑向傳播。與其他硼矽酸鹽玻璃相比,此類熔合形成玻璃亦可表現出優異的化學耐久性、耐刮擦性、機械強度及光學效能(例如,自光學透射比及光學失真兩個角度來看)。As described herein, constructing the porous inorganic layer(s) to have a CTE approximately equal to the CTE of the first glass substrate can prevent crack formation in the porous inorganic layer during manufacture of the glass article, and also prevent bonding of the porous inorganic layer from reducing the mechanical strength of the first glass substrate and/or the glass article. The first glass substrate can include a borosilicate glass composition, which can be particularly beneficial because borosilicate glass can have greater thermal shock resistance and is more resistant to crack formation due to impact events from road debris (e.g., rocks or the like) than sodium calcium silicate glass currently used as an outer glass substrate in automotive glazing. Such glasses have been found to exhibit favorable annular cracking behavior, thereby preventing defects from radially propagating from an impact point. Such fusion-formed glasses also exhibit superior chemical durability, scratch resistance, mechanical strength, and optical performance (e.g., from the perspective of optical transmittance and optical distortion) compared to other borosilicate glasses.

提供與中間層分離的聚合物材料可能夠達成中間層(或其部分)具有不同的組成物及/或性質。例如,塑化劑在聚合物材料中的濃度可比在中間層(或其部分)中的濃度大,及/或聚合物材料可具有比中間層(或其部分)低的玻璃轉變溫度,即使當聚合物材料中的聚合物與中間層中的聚合物相同時亦是如此。提供中間層之不具有(或相對於聚合物材料減少量的)塑化劑的至少一部分可減少對可定位於其中的任何接線或電子裝置的損壞(例如,腐蝕)的發生率。另外,提供中間層之不具有(或相對於聚合物材料減少量的)塑化劑的至少一部分可減少光學失真及/或霧度,光學失真及/或霧度可能干擾定位於中間層內或經組配以透過玻璃製品之第二部分觀看物件的光學裝置(例如,攝影機) (例如,定位於汽車內部的經組配以觀看汽車外部的周圍環境的攝影機)的操作。Providing a polymeric material separate from the interlayer may result in the interlayer (or a portion thereof) having a different composition and/or properties. For example, the concentration of plasticizer in the polymeric material may be greater than the concentration in the interlayer (or a portion thereof), and/or the polymeric material may have a lower glass transition temperature than the interlayer (or a portion thereof), even when the polymer in the polymeric material is the same as the polymer in the interlayer. Providing at least a portion of the interlayer without (or with a reduced amount relative to the polymeric material) plasticizer may reduce the incidence of damage (e.g., corrosion) to any wiring or electronic devices that may be positioned therein. Additionally, providing at least a portion of the interlayer without (or with a reduced amount relative to the polymeric material) plasticizer can reduce optical distortion and/or haze, which may interfere with the operation of an optical device (e.g., a camera) positioned within the interlayer or configured to view an object through a second portion of the glass article (e.g., a camera positioned within a vehicle configured to view the surrounding environment outside the vehicle).

此外,可藉由對聚合物溶液或聚合物乳液進行乾燥來提供聚合物材料。提供具有低黏度(例如,約8,000毫帕-秒或更小)的聚合物溶液或聚合物乳液可能夠達成聚合物溶液或聚合物乳液 1003流入多孔無機層的複數個孔中。可藉由對聚合物溶液或聚合物乳液進行乾燥而不進行任何反應(例如,交聯或聚合)來形成聚合物材料。因此,聚合物溶液或聚合物乳液中的聚合物可實質上與聚合物材料中的聚合物相同。設置聚合物材料中涉及的有限處理可簡化處理及/或降低成本。 In addition, the polymer material can be provided by drying a polymer solution or polymer emulsion. Providing a polymer solution or polymer emulsion with a low viscosity (e.g., about 8,000 mPa-s or less) may allow the polymer solution or polymer emulsion 1003 to flow into a plurality of pores of the porous inorganic layer. The polymer material can be formed by drying the polymer solution or polymer emulsion without any reaction (e.g., crosslinking or polymerization). Therefore, the polymer in the polymer solution or polymer emulsion can be substantially the same as the polymer in the polymer material. The limited processing involved in providing the polymer material can simplify processing and/or reduce costs.

以下描述本揭露之一些實例態樣,且應理解,各種態樣之特徵中之任何特徵可單獨使用或彼此組合使用。Some example aspects of the present disclosure are described below, and it should be understood that any of the features of the various aspects may be used alone or in combination with each other.

態樣1. 一種玻璃製品,包含: 一第一玻璃基板,該第一玻璃基板包含界定於一第一主表面與跟該第一主表面相反的一第二主表面之間的一第一基板厚度; 一第二玻璃基板,該第二玻璃基板包含界定於一第三主表面與跟該第三主表面相反的一第四主表面之間的一第二基板厚度; 一中間層,該中間層定位於該第二主表面與該第三主表面之間; 一多孔無機層,該多孔無機層包含複數個孔且黏附至該第二主表面或該第三主表面;及 一聚合物材料,該聚合物材料定位於該複數個孔中, 其中該中間層的一第一玻璃轉變溫度比該聚合物材料的一第二玻璃轉變溫度大約10℃或更大。 Aspect 1. A glass product, comprising: a first glass substrate, the first glass substrate comprising a first substrate thickness defined between a first major surface and a second major surface opposite to the first major surface; a second glass substrate, the second glass substrate comprising a second substrate thickness defined between a third major surface and a fourth major surface opposite to the third major surface; an intermediate layer, the intermediate layer positioned between the second major surface and the third major surface; a porous inorganic layer, the porous inorganic layer comprising a plurality of pores and adhered to the second major surface or the third major surface; and a polymer material, the polymer material positioned in the plurality of pores, wherein a first glass transition temperature of the intermediate layer is approximately 10°C or greater than a second glass transition temperature of the polymer material.

態樣2. 如態樣1所述之玻璃製品,其中該中間層的該第一玻璃轉變溫度比該聚合物材料的該第二玻璃轉變溫度大約15℃至約30℃。Aspect 2. The glass article of Aspect 1, wherein the first glass transition temperature of the intermediate layer is about 15° C. to about 30° C. greater than the second glass transition temperature of the polymer material.

態樣3. 如態樣1-2中之任一個態樣所述之玻璃製品,其中當用一D65照明體自該第一主表面照明時,該玻璃製品之其中該聚合物材料定位於該多孔無機層的該複數個孔內的一第一部分與該玻璃製品之其中該多孔無機層未填充有該聚合物材料的包括該多孔無機層的一第二部分之間的一最大ΔE值為約2.0或更小。Aspect 3. A glass article as described in any of Aspects 1-2, wherein when illuminated from the first major surface with a D65 illuminant, a maximum ΔE value between a first portion of the glass article in which the polymer material is positioned within the plurality of pores of the porous inorganic layer and a second portion of the glass article including the porous inorganic layer in which the porous inorganic layer is not filled with the polymer material is about 2.0 or less.

態樣4. 一種玻璃製品,包含: 一第一玻璃基板,該第一玻璃基板包含界定於一第一主表面與跟該第一主表面相反的一第二主表面之間的一第一基板厚度; 一第二玻璃基板,該第二玻璃基板包含界定於一第三主表面與跟該第三主表面相反的一第四主表面之間的一第二基板厚度; 一中間層,該中間層定位於該第二主表面與該第三主表面之間; 一多孔無機層,該多孔無機層包含複數個孔且黏附至該第二主表面或該第三主表面;及 一聚合物材料,該聚合物材料定位於該複數個孔中, 其中當用一D65照明體自該第一主表面照明時,該玻璃製品之其中該聚合物材料定位於該多孔無機層的該複數個孔內的一第一部分與該玻璃製品之其中該多孔無機層未填充有該聚合物材料的包括該多孔無機層的一第二部分之間的一最大ΔE值為約2.0或更小。 Aspect 4. A glass product, comprising: a first glass substrate, the first glass substrate comprising a first substrate thickness defined between a first main surface and a second main surface opposite to the first main surface; a second glass substrate, the second glass substrate comprising a second substrate thickness defined between a third main surface and a fourth main surface opposite to the third main surface; an intermediate layer, the intermediate layer positioned between the second main surface and the third main surface; a porous inorganic layer, the porous inorganic layer comprising a plurality of pores and adhered to the second main surface or the third main surface; and a polymer material, the polymer material positioned in the plurality of pores, wherein when illuminated from the first major surface with a D65 illuminant, a maximum ΔE value between a first portion of the glass article in which the polymer material is positioned within the plurality of pores of the porous inorganic layer and a second portion of the glass article including the porous inorganic layer in which the porous inorganic layer is not filled with the polymer material is about 2.0 or less.

態樣5. 如態樣3-4中之任一個態樣所述之玻璃製品,其中該最大ΔE值為約0.1至約1.0。Aspect 5. The glass article as described in any of Aspects 3-4, wherein the maximum ΔE value is about 0.1 to about 1.0.

態樣6. 如態樣3-5中任一個態樣所述之玻璃製品,其中該第一部分的一CIE L*值與該第二部分的一CIE L*值之間的一差值的一絕對值為約1或更小。Aspect 6. The glass article as described in any one of Aspects 3-5, wherein an absolute value of a difference between a CIE L* value of the first portion and a CIE L* value of the second portion is about 1 or less.

態樣7. 如態樣6所述之玻璃製品,其中該第一部分的該CIE L*值與該第二部分的該CIE L*值之間的該差值的該絕對值為約0.5或更小。Aspect 7. The glass article of Aspect 6, wherein the absolute value of the difference between the CIE L* value of the first portion and the CIE L* value of the second portion is about 0.5 or less.

態樣8. 如態樣3-7中任一個態樣所述之玻璃製品,其中該第一部分的一CIE a*值與該第二部分的一CIE a*值之間的一差值的一絕對值為約0.5或更小。Aspect 8. The glass article of any one of Aspects 3-7, wherein an absolute value of a difference between a CIE a* value of the first portion and a CIE a* value of the second portion is about 0.5 or less.

態樣9. 如態樣3-8中任一個態樣所述之玻璃製品,其中該第一部分的一CIE b*值與該第二部分的一CIE b*值之間的一差值的一絕對值為約0.5或更小。Aspect 9. The glass article of any one of Aspects 3-8, wherein an absolute value of a difference between a CIE b* value of the first portion and a CIE b* value of the second portion is about 0.5 or less.

態樣10. 如態樣1-9中任一個態樣所述之玻璃製品,其中該聚合物材料中的一聚合物與該中間層中的一聚合物相同。Aspect 10. The glass article as described in any one of aspects 1-9, wherein a polymer in the polymer material is the same as a polymer in the intermediate layer.

態樣11. 如態樣1-9中任一個態樣所述之玻璃製品,其中該聚合物材料中的一聚合物與該中間層中的一聚合物不同。Aspect 11. The glass article as described in any of aspects 1-9, wherein a polymer in the polymer material is different from a polymer in the intermediate layer.

態樣12. 如態樣11所述之玻璃製品,其中該聚合物材料係半結晶的,且該聚合物材料的一熔化溫度為約100℃或更小。Aspect 12. The glass article of Aspect 11, wherein the polymer material is semi-crystalline and has a melting temperature of about 100° C. or less.

態樣13. 如態樣1-12中任一個態樣所述之玻璃製品,其中該中間層包含聚(乙烯醇縮丁醛)。Aspect 13. The glass article as described in any of Aspects 1-12, wherein the intermediate layer comprises poly(vinyl butyral).

態樣14. 如態樣1-13中任一個態樣所述之玻璃製品,其中該聚合物材料的一折射率與該第一玻璃基板或該第二玻璃基板的一折射率之間的一差值的一絕對值為約0.05或更小。Aspect 14. The glass article as described in any one of aspects 1-13, wherein an absolute value of a difference between a refractive index of the polymer material and a refractive index of the first glass substrate or the second glass substrate is about 0.05 or less.

態樣15. 如態樣1-14中任一個態樣所述之玻璃製品,其中該玻璃製品之包含該多孔無機層的一部分在至少兩側上包圍該玻璃製品之不具有該多孔無機層的另一部分。Aspect 15. The glass article as described in any one of aspects 1 to 14, wherein a portion of the glass article including the porous inorganic layer surrounds another portion of the glass article without the porous inorganic layer on at least two sides.

態樣16. 如態樣15所述之玻璃製品,其中該玻璃製品之該另一部分之至少一部分不含該聚合物材料,且該玻璃製品之包含該多孔無機層的該部分之至少一部分包括該聚合物材料。Aspect 16. The glass article as described in Aspect 15, wherein at least a portion of the other portion of the glass article does not contain the polymer material, and at least a portion of the portion of the glass article including the porous inorganic layer includes the polymer material.

態樣17. 如態樣15-16中任一個態樣所述之玻璃製品,其中該中間層係非均勻的,且該玻璃製品之該另一部分中的該中間層之至少一部分含有比該玻璃製品之包含包括該聚合物材料的該多孔無機層的該部分中的一塑化劑的一濃度低的該塑化劑的一濃度。Aspect 17. A glass article as described in any of Aspects 15-16, wherein the intermediate layer is non-uniform and at least a portion of the intermediate layer in the other portion of the glass article contains a concentration of the plasticizer that is lower than a concentration of the plasticizer in the portion of the glass article that includes the porous inorganic layer comprising the polymer material.

態樣18. 如態樣1-16中任一個態樣所述之玻璃製品,其中該聚合物材料中的一塑化劑的一濃度大於該中間層中的一塑化劑的一濃度。Aspect 18. The glass article as described in any one of aspects 1-16, wherein a concentration of a plasticizer in the polymer material is greater than a concentration of a plasticizer in the intermediate layer.

態樣19. 如態樣1-16中任一個態樣所述之玻璃製品,其中該聚合物材料包含一量為該聚合物材料的約25重量%至約50重量%的一塑化劑。Aspect 19. The glass article of any one of Aspects 1-16, wherein the polymer material comprises a plasticizer in an amount of about 25 wt % to about 50 wt % of the polymer material.

態樣20. 如態樣1-19中任一個態樣所述之玻璃製品,其中對於法向入射於該玻璃製品的包含該多孔無機層的一部分中的該第一主表面上的400 nm至700 nm的光,該玻璃製品表現出約2.0%或更小的一積分可見光透射率。Aspect 20. The glass article of any of Aspects 1-19, wherein the glass article exhibits an integrated visible light transmittance of about 2.0% or less for light of 400 nm to 700 nm normally incident on the first major surface in a portion of the glass article comprising the porous inorganic layer.

態樣21. 如態樣1-20中任一個態樣所述之玻璃製品,其中該聚合物材料包含實質上線性聚合物。Aspect 21. The glass article of any one of Aspects 1-20, wherein the polymer material comprises a substantially linear polymer.

態樣22. 如態樣1-21中任一個態樣所述之玻璃製品,其中該聚合物材料的一聚合物厚度為約30微米或更小。Aspect 22. The glass article of any one of Aspects 1-21, wherein a polymer thickness of the polymer material is about 30 microns or less.

態樣23. 如態樣1-22中任一個態樣所述之玻璃製品,其中該聚合物材料存在於該玻璃製品覆蓋該多孔無機層的一外周處。Aspect 23. The glass article as described in any one of Aspects 1-22, wherein the polymer material is present at a periphery of the glass article covering the porous inorganic layer.

態樣24. 如態樣1-23中任一個態樣所述之玻璃製品,其中該多孔無機層包含約10體積%至約60體積%的一孔隙率。Aspect 24. The glass article of any one of Aspects 1-23, wherein the porous inorganic layer comprises a porosity of about 10 volume % to about 60 volume %.

態樣25. 如態樣1-24中任一個態樣所述之玻璃製品,其中該多孔無機層的一厚度為約10微米至約30微米。Aspect 25. The glass article of any one of Aspects 1-24, wherein the porous inorganic layer has a thickness of about 10 micrometers to about 30 micrometers.

態樣26. 如態樣1-25中任一個態樣所述之玻璃製品,進一步包含:一第二多孔無機層,該第二多孔無機層黏附至該第三主表面,其中該多孔無機層黏附至該第二主表面,且該聚合物材料定位於該第一多孔無機層的孔內及該第二多孔無機層的孔內。Aspect 26. The glass article as described in any of aspects 1-25 further comprises: a second porous inorganic layer, the second porous inorganic layer is adhered to the third major surface, wherein the porous inorganic layer is adhered to the second major surface, and the polymer material is positioned in the pores of the first porous inorganic layer and the pores of the second porous inorganic layer.

態樣27. 如態樣1-26中任一個態樣所述之玻璃製品,進一步包含:接線或一電子組件,該接線或電子組件定位於該第一玻璃基板與該第二玻璃基板之間。Aspect 27. The glass product as described in any one of aspects 1 to 26, further comprising: a connection or an electronic component, wherein the connection or the electronic component is positioned between the first glass substrate and the second glass substrate.

態樣28. 如態樣1-26中任一個態樣所述之玻璃製品,其中該中間層包含一第一中間層及一第二中間層,該玻璃製品進一步包含: 一附加聚合物層,該附加聚合物層定位於該第一中間層與該第二中間層之間;及 接線或一電子組件,該接線或電子組件定位於該第一中間層與該第二中間層之間。 Aspect 28. A glass product as described in any of Aspects 1-26, wherein the intermediate layer comprises a first intermediate layer and a second intermediate layer, and the glass product further comprises: an additional polymer layer, the additional polymer layer is positioned between the first intermediate layer and the second intermediate layer; and a wiring or an electronic component, the wiring or the electronic component is positioned between the first intermediate layer and the second intermediate layer.

態樣29. 一種形成一玻璃製品之方法,包含以下步驟: 用一聚合物溶液或一聚合物乳液填充一多孔無機層的複數個孔,該多孔無機層黏附至一第一玻璃基板; 在約20℃至約80℃的一溫度下對該聚合物溶液或該聚合物乳液進行乾燥達約10分鐘或更長,以形成定位於該複數個孔內的一聚合物材料; 在該多孔無機層上設置一中間層;及 將該第一玻璃基板層壓至一第二玻璃基板,使得該多孔無機層及該中間層定位於該第一玻璃基板與該第二玻璃基板之間。 Aspect 29. A method for forming a glass product, comprising the following steps: Filling a plurality of pores of a porous inorganic layer with a polymer solution or a polymer emulsion, the porous inorganic layer being adhered to a first glass substrate; Drying the polymer solution or the polymer emulsion at a temperature of about 20°C to about 80°C for about 10 minutes or longer to form a polymer material positioned in the plurality of pores; Disposing an intermediate layer on the porous inorganic layer; and Pressing the first glass substrate against a second glass substrate so that the porous inorganic layer and the intermediate layer are positioned between the first glass substrate and the second glass substrate.

態樣30. 如態樣29所述之方法,其中該聚合物溶液或該聚合物乳液的一黏度在約10 mPa-s至約8,000 mPa-s的一範圍內。Aspect 30. The method of Aspect 29, wherein a viscosity of the polymer solution or the polymer emulsion is in a range of about 10 mPa-s to about 8,000 mPa-s.

態樣31. 如態樣29-30中任一個態樣所述之方法,其中填充該複數個孔包含設置包含約30微米或更小的一厚度的該聚合物溶液或該聚合物乳液之一層。Aspect 31. The method of any one of Aspects 29-30, wherein filling the plurality of holes comprises providing a layer of the polymer solution or the polymer emulsion comprising a thickness of about 30 microns or less.

態樣32. 如態樣31所述之方法,其中該聚合物溶液或該聚合物乳液藉由刷塗、輥壓或噴塗來設置。Aspect 32. The method according to Aspect 31, wherein the polymer solution or the polymer emulsion is applied by brushing, rolling or spraying.

態樣33. 如態樣29-32中任一個態樣所述之方法,進一步包含以下步驟:在對該聚合物溶液或該聚合物乳液進行乾燥之前,用該聚合物溶液或該聚合物乳液覆蓋該多孔無機層之一外周。Aspect 33. The method as described in any one of aspects 29 to 32 further comprises the following step: before drying the polymer solution or the polymer emulsion, covering a periphery of the porous inorganic layer with the polymer solution or the polymer emulsion.

態樣34. 如態樣29-33中任一個態樣所述之方法,其中該中間層的一第一玻璃轉變溫度比該聚合物材料的一第二玻璃轉變溫度大約10℃或更大。Aspect 34. The method of any one of Aspects 29-33, wherein a first glass transition temperature of the intermediate layer is about 10° C. or greater than a second glass transition temperature of the polymer material.

態樣35. 如態樣34所述之方法,其中該中間層的該第一玻璃轉變溫度比該聚合物材料的該第二玻璃轉變溫度大約15℃至約30℃。Aspect 35. The method of Aspect 34, wherein the first glass transition temperature of the intermediate layer is about 15° C. to about 30° C. greater than the second glass transition temperature of the polymer material.

態樣36. 如態樣29-35中之任一個態樣所述之方法,其中當用一D65照明體自該第一主表面照明時,該玻璃製品之其中該聚合物材料定位於該多孔無機層的該複數個孔內的一第一部分與該玻璃製品之其中該多孔無機層未填充有該聚合物材料的一第二部分之間的一最大ΔE值為約2.0或更小。Aspect 36. A method as described in any of Aspects 29-35, wherein when illuminated from the first major surface with a D65 illuminant, a maximum ΔE value between a first portion of the glass article in which the polymer material is positioned within the plurality of pores of the porous inorganic layer and a second portion of the glass article in which the porous inorganic layer is not filled with the polymer material is about 2.0 or less.

態樣37. 如態樣36所述之方法,其中該最大ΔE值為約0.1至約1.0。Aspect 37. The method of Aspect 36, wherein the maximum ΔE value is about 0.1 to about 1.0.

態樣38. 如態樣36-37中任一個態樣所述之方法,其中該第一部分的一CIE L*值與該第二部分的一CIE L*值之間的一差值的一絕對值為約1或更小。Aspect 38. The method of any one of Aspects 36-37, wherein an absolute value of a difference between a CIE L* value of the first portion and a CIE L* value of the second portion is about 1 or less.

態樣39. 如態樣36-38中任一個態樣所述之方法,其中該第一部分的一CIE a*值與該第二部分的一CIE a*值之間的一差值的一絕對值為約0.5或更小。Aspect 39. The method of any one of Aspects 36-38, wherein an absolute value of a difference between a CIE a* value of the first portion and a CIE a* value of the second portion is about 0.5 or less.

態樣40. 如態樣36-39中任一個態樣所述之方法,其中該第一部分的一CIE b*值與該第二部分的一CIE b*值之間的一差值的一絕對值為約0.5或更小。Aspect 40. The method of any one of Aspects 36-39, wherein an absolute value of a difference between a CIE b* value of the first portion and a CIE b* value of the second portion is about 0.5 or less.

態樣41. 如態樣29-40中任一個態樣所述之方法,其中該聚合物材料中的一聚合物與該中間層中的一聚合物相同。Aspect 41. The method of any one of Aspects 29-40, wherein a polymer in the polymer material is the same as a polymer in the intermediate layer.

態樣42. 如態樣29-41中任一個態樣所述之方法,其中該聚合物材料中的一聚合物與該中間層中的一聚合物不同。Aspect 42. The method of any one of Aspects 29-41, wherein a polymer in the polymer material is different from a polymer in the intermediate layer.

態樣43. 如態樣42所述之方法,其中該聚合物材料係半結晶的,且該聚合物材料的一熔化溫度為約100℃或更小。Aspect 43. The method of Aspect 42, wherein the polymer material is semi-crystalline and has a melting temperature of about 100° C. or less.

態樣44. 如態樣29-43中任一個態樣所述之方法,其中該中間層包含聚(乙烯醇縮丁醛)。Aspect 44. The method of any one of Aspects 29-43, wherein the intermediate layer comprises poly(vinyl butyral).

態樣45. 如態樣29-44中任一個態樣所述之方法,其中該聚合物材料的一折射率與該第一玻璃基板或該第二玻璃基板的一折射率之間的一差值的一絕對值為約0.05或更小。Aspect 45. The method of any one of Aspects 29-44, wherein an absolute value of a difference between a refractive index of the polymer material and a refractive index of the first glass substrate or the second glass substrate is about 0.05 or less.

態樣46. 如態樣29-45中任一個態樣所述之方法,其中該玻璃製品之包含該多孔無機層的一部分在至少兩側上包圍該玻璃製品之不具有該多孔無機層的另一部分。Aspect 46. The method of any one of Aspects 29-45, wherein a portion of the glass article including the porous inorganic layer surrounds another portion of the glass article not having the porous inorganic layer on at least two sides.

態樣47. 如態樣46所述之方法,其中該玻璃製品之該另一部分之至少一部分不含該聚合物材料,且該玻璃製品之包含該多孔無機層的該部分之至少一部分包括該聚合物材料。Aspect 47. The method of Aspect 46, wherein at least a portion of the other portion of the glass article does not contain the polymer material, and at least a portion of the portion of the glass article comprising the porous inorganic layer includes the polymer material.

態樣48. 如態樣46-47中任一個態樣所述之方法,其中該中間層係非均勻的,且該玻璃製品之該另一部分中的該中間層之至少一部分含有比該玻璃製品之包含包括該聚合物材料的該多孔無機層的該部分中的一塑化劑的一濃度低的該塑化劑的一濃度。Aspect 48. A method as described in any of Aspects 46-47, wherein the intermediate layer is non-uniform and at least a portion of the intermediate layer in the other portion of the glass article contains a concentration of the plasticizer that is lower than a concentration of the plasticizer in the portion of the glass article that includes the porous inorganic layer comprising the polymer material.

態樣49. 如態樣29-47中任一個態樣所述之方法,其中該聚合物材料中的一塑化劑的一濃度大於該中間層中的一塑化劑的一濃度。Aspect 49. The method of any one of Aspects 29-47, wherein a concentration of a plasticizer in the polymer material is greater than a concentration of a plasticizer in the intermediate layer.

態樣50. 如態樣29-47或49中任一個態樣所述之方法,其中該聚合物材料包含一量為該聚合物材料的約25重量%至約50重量%的一塑化劑。Aspect 50. The method of any one of Aspects 29-47 or 49, wherein the polymer material comprises a plasticizer in an amount of about 25 wt % to about 50 wt % of the polymer material.

態樣51. 如態樣29-50中任一個態樣所述之方法,其中對於該玻璃製品的包含該多孔無機層的一部分中的400 nm至700 nm的光,該玻璃製品表現出約2.0%或更小的一積分可見光透射率。Aspect 51. The method of any of Aspects 29-50, wherein the glass article exhibits an integrated visible light transmittance of about 2.0% or less for light in the range of 400 nm to 700 nm in a portion of the glass article that includes the porous inorganic layer.

態樣52. 如態樣29-51中任一個態樣所述之方法,其中該聚合物材料包含實質上線性聚合物。Aspect 52. The method of any one of Aspects 29-51, wherein the polymer material comprises a substantially linear polymer.

態樣53. 如態樣29-52中任一個態樣所述之方法,其中該多孔無機層包含約10體積%至約60體積%的一孔隙率。Aspect 53. The method of any one of Aspects 29-52, wherein the porous inorganic layer comprises a porosity of about 10 volume % to about 60 volume %.

態樣54. 如態樣29-53中任一個態樣所述之方法,其中該多孔無機層的一無機厚度為約10微米至約30微米。Aspect 54. The method of any one of Aspects 29-53, wherein the porous inorganic layer has an inorganic thickness of about 10 microns to about 30 microns.

態樣55. 如態樣29-54中任一個態樣所述之方法,其中該中間層包含一第一中間層及一第二中間層,該玻璃製品進一步包含: 一附加聚合物層,該附加聚合物層定位於該第一中間層與該第二中間層之間;及 接線或一電子組件,該接線或電子組件定位於該第一中間層與該第二中間層之間。 Aspect 55. A method as described in any of Aspects 29-54, wherein the intermediate layer comprises a first intermediate layer and a second intermediate layer, and the glass product further comprises: an additional polymer layer, the additional polymer layer is positioned between the first intermediate layer and the second intermediate layer; and a wiring or an electronic component, the wiring or the electronic component is positioned between the first intermediate layer and the second intermediate layer.

現將在下文參考其中展示實例態樣的隨附圖式更全面地描述態樣。在任何可能的情況下,相同的參考數字在整個圖式中用於指代相同或類似部分。Aspects will now be described more fully hereinafter with reference to the accompanying drawings in which example aspects are shown. Wherever possible, the same reference numerals are used throughout the drawings to refer to the same or similar parts.

1 圖示說明載具 100,該載具包括本體 110,該本體界定內部及至少一開口 120與定位於開口 120中的根據本揭露之態樣之玻璃製品 130(例如,汽車窗用玻璃)。在態樣中,玻璃製品 130可係擋風玻璃,但在進一步態樣中,玻璃製品亦可用於至少一個側燈、後窗、側窗、天窗或它們的組合中。替代地或另外地,玻璃製品 130可係內部顯示器、引擎體蓋、前照燈蓋、尾燈蓋、門板蓋、立柱蓋或它們的組合的一部分。如本文所用,「載具」 (例如,載具 100包括汽車(例如,參見 1 )、軌道車輛、機車、船隻、船舶、飛機、直升機、無人機、太空船及類似者。雖然本揭露以載具為框架,但應理解,本文所描述之玻璃製品可用於其他情境,例如建築窗用玻璃或防彈窗用玻璃應用。 FIG . 1 illustrates a vehicle 100 that includes a body 110 that defines an interior and at least one opening 120 and a glass article 130 (e.g., automotive window glass) according to an aspect of the present disclosure positioned in the opening 120. In an aspect, the glass article 130 may be a windshield, but in further aspects, the glass article may also be used in at least one sidelight, a rear window, a side window, a sunroof, or a combination thereof. Alternatively or additionally, the glass article 130 may be part of an interior display, an engine cover, a headlight cover, a taillight cover, a door panel cover, a pillar cover, or a combination thereof. As used herein, a "vehicle" (e.g., vehicle 100 includes an automobile (e.g., see FIG. 1 ) , a rail vehicle, a motorcycle, a boat, a ship, an airplane, a helicopter, a drone, a spacecraft, and the like. Although the present disclosure is framed in a vehicle, it should be understood that the glass articles described herein may be used in other contexts, such as architectural glazing or bulletproof glazing applications.

2 示意性地描繪沿 1 中之線2-2截取的根據本揭露之態樣之玻璃製品 130(例如,汽車窗用玻璃)的剖面圖。如 2 圖至第 6 圖及第 14 所展示,(一或多個)玻璃製品 130 300 400 500 600 1400包含第一玻璃基板 200、第二玻璃基板 220及定位於第一玻璃基板 200與第二玻璃基板 220之間的中間層 230 430 630 1430。如 2 圖、第 4 圖至第 6 圖及第 14 所展示,第一玻璃基板 200包含第一主表面 202、與第一主表面 202相反的第二主表面 204及定義為第一主表面 202與第二主表面 204之間的平均距離的第一基板厚度 206。如 2 圖、第 4 圖至第 6 圖及第 14 所展示,第二玻璃基板 220包含第三主表面 222、與第三主表面 222相反的第四主表面 224及定義為第三主表面 222與第四主表面 224之間的平均厚度的第二基板厚度 226。中間層 230 430 6301430定位於第一玻璃基板 200之第二主表面 204與第二玻璃基板 220之第三主表面 222之間。中間層厚度 236 636定義為第二主表面 204與第三主表面 222之間的平均距離。中間層用於黏結第一玻璃基板 200之第二主表面 204及第二玻璃基板 220之第三主表面 222,這可用定位於其間的一或多個層及/或材料部分來達到,如下文所論述。 FIG. 2 schematically depicts a cross-sectional view of a glass product 130 (e.g., automotive window glass) according to an aspect of the present disclosure taken along line 2-2 in FIG . 1. As shown in FIG . 2 to FIG . 6 and FIG . 14 , (one or more) glass products 130 , 300 , 400 , 500 , 600 , or 1400 include a first glass substrate 200 , a second glass substrate 220 , and an intermediate layer 230 , 430 , 630 , or 1430 positioned between the first glass substrate 200 and the second glass substrate 220 . As shown in FIG . 2 , FIG. 4 to FIG. 6 , and FIG. 14 , the first glass substrate 200 includes a first major surface 202 , a second major surface 204 opposite to the first major surface 202 , and a first substrate thickness 206 defined as an average distance between the first major surface 202 and the second major surface 204. As shown in FIG . 2 , FIG . 4 to FIG. 6 , and FIG. 14 , the second glass substrate 220 includes a third major surface 222 , a fourth major surface 224 opposite to the third major surface 222 , and a second substrate thickness 226 defined as an average thickness between the third major surface 222 and the fourth major surface 224. The intermediate layer 230 , 430 , 630 , or 1430 is positioned between the second major surface 204 of the first glass substrate 200 and the third major surface 222 of the second glass substrate 220 . The interlayer thickness 236 or 636 is defined as the average distance between the second major surface 204 and the third major surface 222. The interlayer is used to bond the second major surface 204 of the first glass substrate 200 and the third major surface 222 of the second glass substrate 220 , which can be achieved with one or more layers and/or material portions positioned therebetween, as discussed below.

在態樣中,第一基板厚度 206為至少0.5毫米(mm)、至少1 mm、至少1.6 mm、至少2 mm、至少3 mm、至少3.3 mm或至少3.8 mm。在態樣中,第一基板厚度 206在以下範圍內:約0.1 mm至約6 mm、約0.3 mm至約6 mm、約0.5 mm至約6 mm、約0.8 mm至約6 mm、約1 mm至約6 mm、約1.2 mm至約6 mm、約1.4 mm至約6 mm、約1.5 mm至約6 mm、約1.6 mm至約5.8 mm、約1.6 mm至約5.6 mm、約1.6 mm至約5.5 mm、約1.6 mm至約5.4 mm、約1.6 mm至約5.2 mm、約1.6 mm至約5 mm、約1.6 mm至約4.8 mm、約1.6 mm至約4.6 mm、約1.6 mm至約4.4 mm、約1.6 mm至約4.2 mm、約1.6 mm至約4 mm、約1.6 mm至約3.9 mm、約1.6 mm至約3.8 mm、約1.6 mm至約3.7 mm、約1.6 mm至約3.6 mm、約1.6 mm至約3.5 mm、約1.6 mm至約3.4 mm、約1.6 mm至約3.3 mm、約1.6 mm至約3.2 mm、約1.6 mm至約3.1 mm、約1.6 mm至約3 mm、約1.6 mm至約2.8 mm、約1.6 mm至約2.6 mm、約1.6 mm至約2.4 mm、約1.6 mm至約2.2 mm、約1.6 mm至約2 mm、約1.6 mm至約1.8 mm或其間的任何範圍或子範圍。 In aspects, the first substrate thickness 206 is at least 0.5 millimeters (mm), at least 1 mm, at least 1.6 mm, at least 2 mm, at least 3 mm, at least 3.3 mm, or at least 3.8 mm. In aspects, the first substrate thickness 206 is in the range of about 0.1 mm to about 6 mm, about 0.3 mm to about 6 mm, about 0.5 mm to about 6 mm, about 0.8 mm to about 6 mm, about 1 mm to about 6 mm, about 1.2 mm to about 6 mm, about 1.4 mm to about 6 mm, about 1.5 mm to about 6 mm, about 1.6 mm to about 5.8 mm, about 1.6 mm to about 5.6 mm, about 1.6 mm to about 5.5 mm, about 1.6 mm to about 5.4 mm, about 1.6 mm to about 5.2 mm, about 1.6 mm to about 5 mm, about 1.6 mm to about 4.8 mm, about 1.6 mm to about 4.6 mm, about 1.6 mm to about 4.4 mm, about 1.6 mm to about 4.2 mm, about 1.6 mm to about 4 mm, about 1.6 mm to about 3.9 mm, about 1.6 mm to about 3.8 7 mm, about 1.6 mm to about 3.7 mm, about 1.6 mm to about 3.6 mm, about 1.6 mm to about 3.5 mm, about 1.6 mm to about 3.4 mm, about 1.6 mm to about 3.3 mm, about 1.6 mm to about 3.2 mm, about 1.6 mm to about 3.1 mm, about 1.6 mm to about 3 mm, about 1.6 mm to about 2.8 mm, about 1.6 mm to about 2.6 mm, about 1.6 mm to about 2.4 mm, about 1.6 mm to about 2.2 mm, about 1.6 mm to about 2 mm, about 1.6 mm to about 1.8 mm, or any range or sub-range therebetween.

在態樣中,第二玻璃基板 220之第二基板厚度 226小於第一基板厚度 206。在態樣中,第二基板厚度 226可為約2.0 mm或更小,例如約0.1 mm至約2.0 mm、約0.1 mm至約1.8 mm、約0.1 mm至約1.6 mm、約0.5 mm至約1.5 mm、約0.7 mm至約1.4 mm、約0.7 mm至約1.2 mm、約0.7 mm至約1.1 mm或其間的任何範圍或子範圍。在態樣中,總玻璃厚度(即,第一基板厚度 206加上第二基板厚度 226)可為8 mm或更小、7 mm或更小、6.5 mm或更小、6 mm或更小、5.5 mm或更小、5 mm或更小或約2 mm或更大。 In aspects, the second glass substrate 220 has a second substrate thickness 226 that is less than the first substrate thickness 206. In aspects, the second substrate thickness 226 can be about 2.0 mm or less, such as about 0.1 mm to about 2.0 mm, about 0.1 mm to about 1.8 mm, about 0.1 mm to about 1.6 mm, about 0.5 mm to about 1.5 mm, about 0.7 mm to about 1.4 mm, about 0.7 mm to about 1.2 mm, about 0.7 mm to about 1.1 mm, or any range or sub-range therebetween. In aspects, the total glass thickness (i.e., the first substrate thickness 206 plus the second substrate thickness 226 ) can be 8 mm or less, 7 mm or less, 6.5 mm or less, 6 mm or less, 5.5 mm or less, 5 mm or less, or about 2 mm or more.

如本文所用,除非另外指示,否則熱膨脹係數(CTE)根據ASTM E831-19來量測,以計算25℃與300℃之間的CTE。在態樣中,第一玻璃基板 200及/或第二玻璃基板 220之CTE可為約55×10 -7K -1或更小、約50×10 -7K -1或更小、約45×10 -7K -1或更小、約40×10 -7K -1或更小、約35×10 -7K -1或更小、約32.5×10 -7K -1或更小。在態樣中,第一玻璃基板 200可包含硼矽酸鹽玻璃組成物,由其組成或基本上由其組成。作為結果,第一玻璃基板 200之CTE可在本段上文提到的範圍中之一或多個範圍內。如此低的CTE範圍可能使得第一玻璃基板 200與經由現有市售釉達成的裝飾不相容。在態樣中,第二玻璃基板 220可係鈉鈣矽酸鹽玻璃或可化學增強鹼鋁矽酸鹽玻璃組成物,其CTE大於第一玻璃基板 200(例如,硼矽酸鹽玻璃組成物)之CTE。在進一步態樣中,第一玻璃基板 200及第二玻璃基板 220可包含不同的組成物。在進一步態樣中,第二玻璃基板 220之CTE可為約60×10 -7K -1或更大,例如,約60×10 -7K -1至約120×10 -7K -1、約70×10 -7K -1至約120×10 -7K -1、約80×10 -7K -1至約120×10 -7K -1或其間的任何範圍或子範圍。在態樣中,第一玻璃基板 200之CTE與第二玻璃基板 220之CTE之間的差值的絕對值可為至少5×10 -7K -1、至少10×10 -7K -1、至少20×10 -7K -1、至少25×10 -7K -1、至少30×10 -7K -1、至少35×10 -7K -1、至少40×10 -7K -1、至少40×10 -7K -1、至少45×10 -7K -1或至少50×10 -7K -1。例如,設想了如下實例:其中第一玻璃基板 200可具有近似32×10 -7K -1的第一CTE,且第二玻璃基板 220可具有近似90×10 -7K -1的第二CTE。設想了如下另一實例:其中第一玻璃基板 200具有近似45×10 -7K -1的第一CTE,且第二玻璃基板 220具有近似90×10 -7K -1的第二CTE。 As used herein, unless otherwise indicated, the coefficient of thermal expansion (CTE) is measured according to ASTM E831-19 to calculate the CTE between 25° C. and 300° C. In aspects, the CTE of the first glass substrate 200 and/or the second glass substrate 220 may be about 55×10 −7 K −1 or less, about 50×10 −7 K −1 or less, about 45×10 −7 K −1 or less, about 40×10 −7 K −1 or less, about 35×10 −7 K −1 or less, about 32.5×10 −7 K −1 or less. In aspects, the first glass substrate 200 may include, consist of, or consist essentially of a borosilicate glass composition. As a result, the CTE of the first glass substrate 200 may be within one or more of the ranges mentioned above in this paragraph. Such a low CTE range may make the first glass substrate 200 incompatible with decoration achieved by existing commercial glazes. In an aspect, the second glass substrate 220 can be a sodium calcium silicate glass or a chemically enhanced alkali aluminum silicate glass composition, whose CTE is greater than the CTE of the first glass substrate 200 (e.g., a borosilicate glass composition). In a further aspect, the first glass substrate 200 and the second glass substrate 220 can include different compositions. In further aspects, the CTE of the second glass substrate 220 can be about 60×10 −7 K −1 or greater, e.g., about 60×10 −7 K −1 to about 120×10 −7 K −1 , about 70×10 −7 K −1 to about 120×10 −7 K −1 , about 80×10 −7 K −1 to about 120×10 −7 K −1 , or any range or sub-range therebetween. In aspects, the absolute value of the difference between the CTE of the first glass substrate 200 and the CTE of the second glass substrate 220 may be at least 5× 10-7 K -1 , at least 10× 10-7 K - 1, at least 20× 10-7 K -1 , at least 25× 10-7 K -1 , at least 30× 10-7 K - 1, at least 35× 10-7 K -1 , at least 40× 10-7 K -1 , at least 40× 10-7 K -1 , at least 45× 10-7 K -1 , or at least 50× 10-7 K -1 . For example, an example is contemplated in which the first glass substrate 200 may have a first CTE of approximately 32× 10-7 K -1 , and the second glass substrate 220 may have a second CTE of approximately 90× 10-7 K -1 . Another example is contemplated in which the first glass substrate 200 has a first CTE of approximately 45×10 −7 K −1 and the second glass substrate 220 has a second CTE of approximately 90×10 −7 K −1 .

在態樣中,第一玻璃基板 200包含硼矽酸鹽玻璃組成物,該硼矽酸鹽玻璃組成物包含60 mol%至90 mol%的SiO 2、約1 mol%至約20 mol%的Al 2O 3、7 mol%至16 mol%的B 2O 3、2 mol%至20 mol%的R 2O,其中R 2O包含Na 2O、Li 2O及K 2O之組合量。示範性硼矽酸鹽玻璃組成物包含約83.60 mol%的SiO 2、約1.20 mol%的Al 2O 3、約11.60 mol%的B 2O 3、約3.00 mol%的Na 2O及約0.70 mol%的K 2O,且包含約32×10 -7K -1的CTE。當第一玻璃基板 200位於汽車窗用玻璃(例如,玻璃製品 130)的外側使得第一主表面 202係汽車窗用玻璃之外表面時,此類硼矽酸鹽玻璃可特別有益,因為與當前用作汽車窗用玻璃中的外玻璃基板的鈉鈣矽酸鹽玻璃相比,硼矽酸鹽玻璃可具有更大的耐熱衝擊性,且更能抵抗因來自道路碎片(例如,岩石或類似物)的衝擊事件造成的裂紋形成。已知硼矽酸鹽玻璃表現出較少異常開裂行為,且不易形成自碎片衝擊點徑向傳播的裂紋,這對於汽車窗用玻璃耐久性特別有益。 In one embodiment, the first glass substrate 200 includes a borosilicate glass composition including 60 mol% to 90 mol% SiO2 , about 1 mol% to about 20 mol% Al2O3 , 7 mol% to 16 mol% B2O3 , and 2 mol% to 20 mol% R2O , wherein R2O includes a combination of Na2O , Li2O , and K2O . An exemplary borosilicate glass composition includes about 83.60 mol % SiO 2 , about 1.20 mol % Al 2 O 3 , about 11.60 mol % B 2 O 3 , about 3.00 mol % Na 2 O, and about 0.70 mol % K 2 O, and includes a CTE of about 32×10 −7 K −1 . Such borosilicate glass may be particularly beneficial when the first glass substrate 200 is located on the outside of an automotive glazing (e.g., glass article 130 ) such that the first major surface 202 is the outer surface of the automotive glazing, because the borosilicate glass may have greater thermal shock resistance and is more resistant to crack formation due to impact events from road debris (e.g., rocks or the like) than the sodium calcium silicate glass currently used as the outer glass substrate in automotive glazing. Borosilicate glass is known to exhibit less abnormal cracking behavior and is less susceptible to cracks that propagate radially from the debris impact point, which is particularly beneficial for automotive glazing durability.

在態樣中,第一玻璃基板 200特別有益地包含描述於以下專利中的可熔合形成的硼矽酸鹽玻璃組成物中之一者:2020年12月10日申請的名稱為「Fusion Formable Borosilicate Glass Composition and Articles Formed Therefrom」的美國臨時專利申請案第63/123863號,2021年5月3日申請的名稱為「Fusion Formable Borosilicate Glass Composition and Articles Formed Therefrom」的美國臨時專利申請案第63/183271號,2021年5月3日申請的名稱為「Glass with Unique Fracture Behavior for Vehicle Windshield」的美國臨時專利申請案第63/183292號,2021年6月30日申請的名稱為「Glass with Unique Fracture Behavior for Vehicle Windshield」的美國專利申請案第17/363266號,及2021年12月6日申請的名稱為「Glass with Unique Fracture Behavior for Vehicle Windshield」的國際專利申請案第PCT/US2021/061966號,該等申請案中之各者之內容據此以引用方式整體併入。在態樣中,就構成氧化物而言,此種硼矽酸鹽玻璃組成物包含SiO 2、B 2O 3、Al 2O 3、一或多種鹼金屬氧化物及選自由MgO、CaO、SrO、BaO及ZnO組成之群組的一或多種二價陽離子氧化物。在進一步態樣中,硼矽酸鹽玻璃組成物包含約11 mol%至約16 mol%的B 2O 3、約2 mol%至約6 mol%的Al 2O 3及約7.0 mol%或更大的Na 2O、K 2O、MgO及CaO總量。在進一步態樣中,第一玻璃基板 200包含可熔合形成的硼矽酸鹽玻璃組成物,其包含約74 mol%至約80 mol%的SiO 2、約2.5 mol%至約6 mol%的Al 2O 3、約11.5 mol%至約14.5 mol%的B 2O 3、約4.5 mol%至約8 mol%的Na 2O、約0.5 mol%至約3 mol%的K 2O、約0.5 mol%至約2.5 mol%的MgO及0 mol%至約4 mol%的CaO (例如,使得CaO及MgO之組合量小於5 mol%),及約32.5×10 -7K -1至約56×10 -7K -1的CTE。在進一步態樣中,硼矽酸鹽玻璃組成物可滿足以下關係:(R 2O+R'O)≥Al、(R 2O+R'O)≥(Al 2O 3+2)及/或0.80<(1-[(2R 2O+2R'O)/(SiO 2+2Al 2O 3+2B 2O 3)])<0.93,其中所有濃度為基於氧化物的莫耳百分比。如本文所用,R 2O係鹼金屬氧化物的總和,即,Li 2O、Na 2O、K 2O、Rb 2O及Cs 2O。如本文所用,R'O係包括MgO、CaO、SrO及BaO的鹼土金屬氧化物的總和。已發現此類玻璃表現出有利的環形開裂行為,從而防止缺陷自衝擊點徑向傳播。與其他硼矽酸鹽玻璃相比,此類熔合形成玻璃亦可表現出優異的化學耐久性、耐刮擦性、機械強度及光學效能(例如,自光學透射比及光學失真兩個角度來看)。 In an embodiment, the first glass substrate 200 particularly advantageously includes one of the fusion-formable borosilicate glass compositions described in the following patents: U.S. Provisional Patent Application No. 63/123863, filed on December 10, 2020, entitled “Fusion Formable Borosilicate Glass Composition and Articles Formed Therefrom,” U.S. Provisional Patent Application No. 63/183271, filed on May 3, 2021, entitled “Fusion Formable Borosilicate Glass Composition and Articles Formed Therefrom,” U.S. Provisional Patent Application No. 63/183292, filed on May 3, 2021, entitled “Glass with Unique Fracture Behavior for Vehicle Windshield,” and U.S. Provisional Patent Application No. 63/183293, filed on June 30, 2021, entitled “Glass with Unique Fracture Behavior for Vehicle Windshield.” Behavior for Vehicle Windshield” and International Patent Application No. PCT/US2021/061966, filed on December 6, 2021, entitled “Glass with Unique Fracture Behavior for Vehicle Windshield”, the contents of each of which are hereby incorporated by reference in their entirety. In an embodiment, in terms of constituent oxides, such a borosilicate glass composition includes SiO2 , B2O3 , Al2O3 , one or more alkali metal oxides, and one or more divalent cationic oxides selected from the group consisting of MgO, CaO, SrO, BaO and ZnO. In a further aspect, the borosilicate glass composition includes about 11 mol % to about 16 mol % B 2 O 3 , about 2 mol % to about 6 mol % Al 2 O 3 , and about 7.0 mol % or more of the total amount of Na 2 O, K 2 O, MgO, and CaO. In a further aspect, the first glass substrate 200 includes a fusion-formable borosilicate glass composition including about 74 mol% to about 80 mol% SiO2 , about 2.5 mol% to about 6 mol% Al2O3 , about 11.5 mol % to about 14.5 mol% B2O3 , about 4.5 mol% to about 8 mol% Na2O , about 0.5 mol% to about 3 mol% K2O , about 0.5 mol% to about 2.5 mol% MgO , and 0 mol% to about 4 mol% CaO (e.g., such that the combined amount of CaO and MgO is less than 5 mol%), and a CTE of about 32.5× 10-7 K -1 to about 56× 10-7 K -1 . In a further aspect, the borosilicate glass composition can satisfy the following relationships: (R 2 O + R'O) ≥ Al, (R 2 O + R'O) ≥ (Al 2 O 3 + 2) and/or 0.80 < (1-[(2R 2 O + 2R'O) / (SiO 2 + 2Al 2 O 3 + 2B 2 O 3 )]) < 0.93, wherein all concentrations are molar percentages based on oxides. As used herein, R 2 O is the sum of alkali metal oxides, i.e., Li 2 O, Na 2 O, K 2 O, Rb 2 O, and Cs 2 O. As used herein, R'O is the sum of alkali earth metal oxides including MgO, CaO, SrO, and BaO. Such glasses have been found to exhibit favorable annular cracking behavior, thereby preventing defects from radially propagating from the point of impact. Such fusion-formed glasses also exhibit superior chemical durability, scratch resistance, mechanical strength, and optical performance (e.g., from the perspective of optical transmittance and optical distortion) compared to other borosilicate glasses.

在態樣中,第二玻璃基板 220可包含第二玻璃組成物,由其組成或基本上由其組成,該第二玻璃組成物不同於用於形成第一玻璃基板 200之玻璃之組成物。在態樣中,第二玻璃基板包含鈉鈣矽組成物、鋁矽酸鹽玻璃組成物、鹼鋁矽酸鹽玻璃組成物、含鹼硼矽酸鹽玻璃組成物、鹼鋁磷矽酸鹽玻璃組成物或鹼鋁硼矽酸鹽玻璃組成物。替代地,在態樣中,第二玻璃基板 220包含描述於2022年3月9日申請的名稱為「Boroaluminosilicate Glass Composition having High Fusion Flow Rate and Advantaged Pair Shaping Temperature」的美國臨時專利申請案第63/318221號中的硼鋁矽酸鹽玻璃組成物中之一者。在態樣中,第二玻璃基板 220由描述於以下專利中的玻璃組成物中之一者形成:2018年6月7日申請的名稱為「Automotive Glass Compositions, Articles, and Hybrid Laminates」的美國專利申請案第16/002276號,或2014年11月14日申請的名稱為「Ion Exchangeable High Damage Resistance Glasses」的美國專利第10,125,044號。此等專利申請案中之各者之內容據此以引用方式整體併入。 In aspects, the second glass substrate 220 can include, consist of, or consist essentially of a second glass composition that is different from the composition of the glass used to form the first glass substrate 200. In aspects, the second glass substrate includes a sodium calcium silicate composition, an aluminum silicate glass composition, an alkali aluminum silicate glass composition, an alkali borosilicate glass composition, an alkali aluminum phosphosilicate glass composition, or an alkali aluminum borosilicate glass composition. Alternatively, in an aspect, the second glass substrate 220 includes one of the boroaluminosilicate glass compositions described in U.S. Provisional Patent Application No. 63/318221, filed on March 9, 2022, entitled “Boroaluminosilicate Glass Composition having High Fusion Flow Rate and Advantaged Pair Shaping Temperature.” In an aspect, the second glass substrate 220 is formed of one of the glass compositions described in the following patents: U.S. Patent Application No. 16/002276, filed on June 7, 2018, entitled “Automotive Glass Compositions, Articles, and Hybrid Laminates,” or U.S. Patent No. 10,125,044, filed on November 14, 2014, entitled “Ion Exchangeable High Damage Resistance Glasses.” The contents of each of these patent applications are hereby incorporated by reference in their entirety.

無論用於形成第一玻璃基板 200及第二玻璃基板 220之特定組成物如何,在態樣中,第一玻璃基板 200及第二玻璃基板 220不被增強(例如,化學增強、熱增強或機械增強),但在其他態樣中,第一玻璃基板 200或第二玻璃基板 220中之至少一者被增強(例如,化學增強、熱增強或機械增強)。例如,第二玻璃基板 220可被化學增強(例如,當由合適的鹼鋁矽酸鹽玻璃組成物構成時),而第一玻璃基板 200未增強(但可視情況被退火)且表現出小於約3 MPa、或約2.5 MPa或更小、2 MPa或更小、1.5 MPa或更小、1 MPa或更小、或約0.5 MPa或更小的表面壓縮應力。此類態樣可有助於減輕汽車窗用玻璃的重量,同時仍提供有利的機械強度並滿足與汽車應用相關聯的各種法規要求。替代地,在態樣中,第一玻璃基板 200及第二玻璃基板 220二者可被增強。 Regardless of the specific composition used to form the first glass substrate 200 and the second glass substrate 220 , in aspects, the first glass substrate 200 and the second glass substrate 220 are not strengthened (e.g., chemically strengthened, thermally strengthened, or mechanically strengthened), but in other aspects, at least one of the first glass substrate 200 or the second glass substrate 220 is strengthened (e.g., chemically strengthened, thermally strengthened, or mechanically strengthened). For example, the second glass substrate 220 can be chemically strengthened (e.g., when composed of a suitable alkali aluminum silicate glass composition), while the first glass substrate 200 is not strengthened (but can be annealed as appropriate) and exhibits a surface compressive stress of less than about 3 MPa, or about 2.5 MPa or less, 2 MPa or less, 1.5 MPa or less, 1 MPa or less, or about 0.5 MPa or less. Such aspects can help reduce the weight of automotive glazing, while still providing advantageous mechanical strength and meeting various regulatory requirements associated with automotive applications. Alternatively, in an aspect, both the first glass substrate 200 and the second glass substrate 220 can be reinforced.

在態樣中,第二玻璃基板 220及/或第一玻璃基板 200可用一或多個壓縮應力區域來增強。化學增強包含離子交換過程,其中表面層中的離子被具有相同價或氧化態的較大離子取代——或與之交換。稍後將論述化學增強方法。壓縮應力區域可向第一部分及/或第二部分之一部分中延伸達稱為壓縮深度的深度。如本文所用,壓縮深度意指本文所描述之化學增強基板及/或部分中的應力自壓縮應力改變為拉伸應力的深度。壓縮深度藉由表面應力計或散射光偏光鏡(scattered light polariscope,SCALP,其中本文所報告之值使用由愛沙尼亞的Glasstress公司製作的SCALP-5獲得)來量測,這視離子交換處理及被量測的製品的厚度而定。在第二玻璃基板 220及/或第一玻璃基板 200中的應力係藉由將鉀離子交換至基板中而產生的情況下,使用表面應力計例如FSM-6000 (Orihara工業有限公司(日本))來量測壓縮深度。除非另外指定,否則藉由表面應力計(surface stress meter,FSM)使用市售儀器例如由Orihara製造的FSM-6000來量測壓縮應力(包括表面CS)。表面應力量測依賴於應力光學係數(stress optical coefficient,SOC)的準確量測,SOC與玻璃的雙折射有關。除非另外指定,否則根據名稱為「Standard Test Method for Measurement of Glass Stress-Optical Coefficient」的ASTM標準C770-16(2020)中所描述的程序C (玻璃圓盤法)來量測SOC;其內容以引用方式整體併入本文中。在應力係藉由將鈉離子交換至基板中而產生且被量測的製品厚於約400 μm的情況下,使用SCALP來量測壓縮深度及中心張力(central tension,CT)。在基板及/或部分中的應力係藉由將鉀離子及鈉離子交換至基板及/或部分中而產生且被量測的製品厚於約400 μm的情況下,藉由SCALP來量測壓縮深度及CT。不希望受理論束縛,鈉離子的交換深度可指示壓縮深度,而鉀離子的交換深度可指示壓縮應力的量值的變化(但不是自壓縮應力至拉伸應力的應力變化)。折射近場(refracted near-field,RNF;RNF方法在名稱為「Systems and methods for measuring a profile characteristic of a glass sample」的美國專利第8,854,623號中描述,該專利以引用方式整體併入本文中)方法亦可用於導出應力剖面的圖形表示。當利用RNF方法來導出應力剖面的圖形表示時,在RNF方法中利用由SCALP提供的最大中心張力值。藉由RNF導出的應力剖面的圖形表示經力平衡並校準為由SCALP量測提供的最大中心張力值。如本文所用,「層深度」(depth of layer,DOL)意指離子(例如,鈉離子、鉀離子)已交換至基板及/或部分中的深度。在本揭露中,當最大中心張力不可藉由SCALP直接量測時(如當被量測的製品薄於約400 μm時),則可藉由最大壓縮應力與壓縮深度的乘積除以基板的厚度與兩倍壓縮深度之間的差值來近似最大中心張力,其中壓縮應力及壓縮深度藉由FSM來量測。 In an embodiment, the second glass substrate 220 and/or the first glass substrate 200 can be enhanced with one or more compressive stress regions. Chemical enhancement includes an ion exchange process in which ions in the surface layer are replaced by - or exchanged with - larger ions of the same valence or oxidation state. Chemical enhancement methods will be discussed later. The compressive stress region can extend into a portion of the first portion and/or the second portion to a depth referred to as the compression depth. As used herein, the compression depth means the depth at which the stress in the chemically enhanced substrate and/or portion described herein changes from compressive stress to tensile stress. The compression depth is measured by a surface stress gauge or a scattered light polariscope (SCALP, where the values reported herein were obtained using a SCALP-5 manufactured by Glasstress, Estonia), depending on the ion exchange treatment and the thickness of the product being measured. In the case where the stress in the second glass substrate 220 and/or the first glass substrate 200 is generated by exchanging potassium ions into the substrate, the compression depth is measured using a surface stress gauge such as FSM-6000 (Orihara Industries, Ltd. (Japan)). Unless otherwise specified, the compressive stress (including surface CS) is measured by a surface stress meter (FSM) using a commercially available instrument such as FSM-6000 manufactured by Orihara. Surface stress measurements rely on accurate measurements of the stress optical coefficient (SOC), which is related to the birefringence of the glass. Unless otherwise specified, SOC is measured according to Procedure C (Glass Disk Method) as described in ASTM Standard C770-16 (2020), entitled "Standard Test Method for Measurement of Glass Stress-Optical Coefficient," which is incorporated herein by reference in its entirety. SCALP is used to measure compression depth and central tension (CT) when the stress is generated by the exchange of sodium ions into the substrate and the measured article is thicker than about 400 μm. The stress in the substrate and/or portion is generated by the exchange of potassium and sodium ions into the substrate and/or portion and the measured article is thicker than about 400 μm, and the compression depth and CT are measured by SCALP. Without wishing to be bound by theory, the exchange depth of sodium ions can indicate the compression depth, and the exchange depth of potassium ions can indicate a change in the magnitude of the compressive stress (but not a change in stress from compressive stress to tensile stress). Refracted near-field (RNF; RNF methods are described in U.S. Patent No. 8,854,623, entitled "Systems and methods for measuring a profile characteristic of a glass sample," which is incorporated herein by reference in its entirety) methods can also be used to derive a graphical representation of the stress profile. When the RNF method is used to derive a graphical representation of the stress profile, the maximum central tension value provided by SCALP is used in the RNF method. The graphical representation of the stress profile derived by the RNF is force balanced and calibrated to the maximum central tension value provided by the SCALP measurement. As used herein, "depth of layer" (DOL) means the depth to which ions (e.g., sodium ions, potassium ions) have exchanged into the substrate and/or part. In the present disclosure, when the maximum central tension cannot be directly measured by SCALP (such as when the measured product is thinner than about 400 μm), the maximum central tension can be approximated by the product of the maximum compressive stress and the compression depth divided by the difference between the thickness of the substrate and twice the compression depth, where the compressive stress and the compression depth are measured by the FSM.

在態樣中,第一壓縮應力區域可自第二玻璃基板 220之第三主表面 222延伸至第一壓縮深度,及/或第二壓縮應力區域可自第二玻璃基板 220之第四主表面 224延伸至第二壓縮深度。在態樣中,第一壓縮深度及/或第二壓縮深度佔第二基板厚度的百分比可為約1%或更大、約5%或更大、約10%或更大、約30%或更小、約25%或更小或約20%或更小。在態樣中,第一壓縮深度及/或第二壓縮深度佔基板厚度的百分比可在約1%至約30%、約5%至約25%、約10%至約20%或其間的任何範圍或子範圍的範圍內。在態樣中,第一壓縮深度及/或第二壓縮深度可為約1 μm或更大、約10 μm或更大、約30 μm或更大、約50 μm或更大、約500 μm或更小、約2000 μm或更小、約100 μm或更小或約60 μm或更小。在態樣中,第一壓縮深度及/或第二壓縮深度可在約1 μm至約500 μm、約10 μm至約200 μm、約30 μm至約100 μm、約50 μm至約60 μm或其間的任何範圍或子範圍的範圍內。在態樣中,第一壓縮深度可實質上等於第二壓縮深度。 In an embodiment, the first compressive stress region may extend from the third major surface 222 of the second glass substrate 220 to a first compressive depth, and/or the second compressive stress region may extend from the fourth major surface 224 of the second glass substrate 220 to a second compressive depth. In an embodiment, the first compressive depth and/or the second compressive depth as a percentage of the thickness of the second substrate may be about 1% or more, about 5% or more, about 10% or more, about 30% or less, about 25% or less, or about 20% or less. In an embodiment, the first compressive depth and/or the second compressive depth as a percentage of the thickness of the substrate may be in a range of about 1% to about 30%, about 5% to about 25%, about 10% to about 20%, or any range or sub-range therebetween. In aspects, the first compression depth and/or the second compression depth may be about 1 μm or more, about 10 μm or more, about 30 μm or more, about 50 μm or more, about 500 μm or less, about 2000 μm or less, about 100 μm or less, or about 60 μm or less. In aspects, the first compression depth and/or the second compression depth may be in the range of about 1 μm to about 500 μm, about 10 μm to about 200 μm, about 30 μm to about 100 μm, about 50 μm to about 60 μm, or any range or sub-range therebetween. In aspects, the first compression depth may be substantially equal to the second compression depth.

在態樣中,第一壓縮應力區域可包含最大第一壓縮應力,及/或第二壓縮應力區域可包含最大第二壓縮應力。在進一步態樣中,最大第一壓縮應力及/或最大第二壓縮應力可為約100兆帕(MPa)或更大、約250 MPa或更大、約500 MPa或更大、約600 MPa或更大、約700 MPa或更大、約1,500 MPa或更小、約1,200 MPa或更小、約1,000 MPa或更小或約800 MPa或更小。在進一步態樣中,最大第一壓縮應力及/或最大第二壓縮應力可在約100 MPa至約1,500 MPa、約250 MPa至約1,200 MPa、約500 MPa至約1,000 MPa、約600 MPa至約1,000 MPa、約700 MPa至約800 MPa或其間的任何範圍或子範圍的範圍內。若第一玻璃基板 200經化學增強,則其可包含具有在上文針對第一壓縮應力區域及/或第二壓縮應力區域論述的範圍中之一或多個範圍內的(一或多個)壓縮深度及/或最大壓縮應力值的(一或多個)壓縮應力區域。 In an embodiment, the first compressive stress region may include a maximum first compressive stress, and/or the second compressive stress region may include a maximum second compressive stress. In further embodiments, the maximum first compressive stress and/or the maximum second compressive stress may be about 100 megapascals (MPa) or greater, about 250 MPa or greater, about 500 MPa or greater, about 600 MPa or greater, about 700 MPa or greater, about 1,500 MPa or less, about 1,200 MPa or less, about 1,000 MPa or less, or about 800 MPa or less. In further aspects, the maximum first compressive stress and/or the maximum second compressive stress can be in a range of about 100 MPa to about 1,500 MPa, about 250 MPa to about 1,200 MPa, about 500 MPa to about 1,000 MPa, about 600 MPa to about 1,000 MPa, about 700 MPa to about 800 MPa, or any range or sub-range therebetween. If the first glass substrate 200 is chemically strengthened, it can include compressive stress regions having (one or more) compressive depths and/or maximum compressive stress values within one or more of the ranges discussed above for the first compressive stress region and/or the second compressive stress region.

2 圖至第 6 圖及第 14 所展示,玻璃製品 130 300 400 500 600 1400包含第一多孔無機層 240。在態樣中,玻璃製品 130 300 400 500 600 1400進一步包含第二多孔無機層 250。在態樣中,除了本文所描述之其他態樣之外,第一多孔無機層 240不是多孔的,而是另一種合適的裝飾塗層(例如,非多孔釉、無機油墨、有機油墨、其他合適的裝飾材料)。在態樣中,可不包括第一多孔無機層 240。在態樣中,第一多孔無機層 240可黏附至第三主表面 222,但在其他態樣中,第一多孔無機層 240可黏附至第二主表面 204。在進一步態樣中,第二多孔無機層 250可黏附至第二主表面 204,且第一多孔無機層 240可黏附至第三主表面 222。在玻璃製品之內表面(例如,第二主表面 204、第三主表面 222)上提供第一多孔無機層 240及/或第二多孔無機層 250可用於保護層免受機械降解及/或氧化。此外,在第二主表面 204及第三主表面 222上放置第一多孔無機層 240及/或第二多孔無機層 250亦可有助於隱藏嵌入於第一玻璃基板 200與第二玻璃基板 220之間的任何附加組件(例如,與除霧系統相關聯的導電元件)。如 8 所展示,當第一玻璃基板 200及第二玻璃基板 220由具有不同組成物及/或厚度的玻璃建構時,(一或多個)多孔無機層的多個帶可提供預定美觀外觀。 As shown in FIGS . 2 to 6 and 14 , the glass article 130 , 300 , 400 , 500 , 600 or 1400 includes a first porous inorganic layer 240. In an embodiment, the glass article 130 , 300 , 400 , 500 , 600 or 1400 further includes a second porous inorganic layer 250. In an embodiment, in addition to other embodiments described herein, the first porous inorganic layer 240 is not porous, but another suitable decorative coating (e.g., non-porous glaze, inorganic ink, organic ink, other suitable decorative materials). In an embodiment, the first porous inorganic layer 240 may not be included. In embodiments, the first porous inorganic layer 240 may be adhered to the third major surface 222 , but in other embodiments, the first porous inorganic layer 240 may be adhered to the second major surface 204. In further embodiments, the second porous inorganic layer 250 may be adhered to the second major surface 204 , and the first porous inorganic layer 240 may be adhered to the third major surface 222. Providing the first porous inorganic layer 240 and/or the second porous inorganic layer 250 on the inner surface of the glass article (e.g., the second major surface 204 , the third major surface 222 ) can be used to protect the layer from mechanical degradation and/or oxidation. In addition, placing the first porous inorganic layer 240 and/or the second porous inorganic layer 250 on the second major surface 204 and the third major surface 222 can also help hide any additional components (e.g., conductive elements associated with a defogging system) embedded between the first glass substrate 200 and the second glass substrate 220. As shown in FIG . 8 , when the first glass substrate 200 and the second glass substrate 220 are constructed of glasses having different compositions and/or thicknesses, multiple bands of the porous inorganic layer(s) can provide a predetermined aesthetic appearance.

在更進一步態樣中,如 2 所展示,第一多孔無機層 240可實質上垂直於第一基板厚度 206之方向延伸達一寬度,該寬度不同於(例如,小於)第二多孔無機層 250實質上垂直於第一基板厚度 206之方向延伸的寬度。在更進一步態樣中,如 4 圖至第 6 所展示,第一多孔無機層 240及第二多孔無機層 250可對於實質上垂直於第一基板厚度 206之方向的寬度延伸達實質上相同的寬度。 In a further aspect, as shown in FIG2 , the first porous inorganic layer 240 may extend substantially perpendicularly to the direction of the first substrate thickness 206 to a width that is different from (e.g., smaller than) the width of the second porous inorganic layer 250 extending substantially perpendicularly to the direction of the first substrate thickness 206. In a further aspect, as shown in FIGS . 4 to 6 , the first porous inorganic layer 240 and the second porous inorganic layer 250 may extend substantially the same width with respect to the width in the direction substantially perpendicular to the first substrate thickness 206 .

2 圖、第 4 圖至第 6 圖及第 14 所展示,玻璃製品 130 400 500 600 1400包含包括第一多孔無機層 240及/或第二多孔無機層 250的第一部分 294a及不含第一多孔無機層 240及第二多孔無機層 250的第二部分 292,若該第一多孔無機層及該第二多孔無機層存在於第一部分 294a中的話。如本文所用,第一部分 294a及第二部分 292各自包括第一玻璃基板 200之一部分、第二玻璃基板 220之一部分及中間層 230 430 630 1430之一部分。另外,如 2 圖、第 4 圖至第 6 圖及第 14 所展示,玻璃製品 130 400 500 600 1400的剖視圖可看起來具有藉由第二部分 292與第一部分 294a分離的包括第一多孔無機層 240及/或第二多孔無機層 250的另一第一部分 294b。因此,第二部分 292可在至少兩側上由第一部分 294a 294b包圍。例如,如 8 所展示,結構 800包括由邊沿 810包圍的玻璃製品 820。玻璃製品 820包括有包括裝飾圖案、包括多孔無機層 840的第一部分 894及包括第一玻璃基板 830但不含多孔無機層 840的第二部分 892。如圖所展示,第一部分 894在至少兩側上包圍第二部分 892(例如,第一部分 894在三側上由第二部分 892包圍,如 8 所展示)。在態樣中,玻璃製品 130 400 500 600 800 1400之表面(例如,第一玻璃基板 200之第一主表面 202)之對應於第一部分 294a 294b / 894或對應於多孔無機層(例如,第一多孔無機層 240、第二多孔無機層 250、多孔無機層 840)的一部分可小於玻璃製品之表面的總表面積的60%、50%、40%、30%、20%、10%、5%、1%、0.1%或小於0.01%。 As shown in FIG . 2 , FIG . 4 to FIG. 6 , and FIG . 14 , the glass article 130 , 400 , 500 , 600 , or 1400 includes a first portion 294a including the first porous inorganic layer 240 and/or the second porous inorganic layer 250 and a second portion 292 that does not contain the first porous inorganic layer 240 and the second porous inorganic layer 250 if the first porous inorganic layer and the second porous inorganic layer are present in the first portion 294a . As used herein, the first portion 294a and the second portion 292 each include a portion of the first glass substrate 200 , a portion of the second glass substrate 220 , and a portion of the intermediate layer 230 , 430 , 630 , or 1430 . In addition, as shown in FIG . 2 , FIG . 4 to FIG. 6 , and FIG . 14 , a cross-sectional view of the glass article 130 , 400 , 500 , 600 , or 1400 may appear to have another first portion 294b including the first porous inorganic layer 240 and/or the second porous inorganic layer 250 separated from the first portion 294a by the second portion 292. Therefore, the second portion 292 may be surrounded by the first portions 294a and 294b on at least two sides. For example, as shown in FIG. 8 , the structure 800 includes a glass article 820 surrounded by an edge 810. The glass article 820 includes a first portion 894 including a decorative pattern and a porous inorganic layer 840 , and a second portion 892 including the first glass substrate 830 but not the porous inorganic layer 840 . As shown, the first portion 894 surrounds the second portion 892 on at least two sides (e.g., the first portion 894 is surrounded by the second portion 892 on three sides, as shown in FIG . 8 ). In an embodiment, a portion of the surface of the glass article 130 , 400 , 500 , 600 , 800 , or 1400 (e.g., the first major surface 202 of the first glass substrate 200 ) corresponding to the first portion 294 a , 294 b , and / or 894 or corresponding to the porous inorganic layer (e.g., the first porous inorganic layer 240 , the second porous inorganic layer 250 , the porous inorganic layer 840 ) may be less than 60%, 50%, 40%, 30%, 20%, 10%, 5%, 1%, 0.1%, or less than 0.01% of the total surface area of the surface of the glass article.

當沉積在諸如汽車玻璃的玻璃上時,本文所描述之(一或多個)多孔無機層可充當裝飾釉。裝飾釉可用於美學目的、功能目的或二者。例如,(一或多個)多孔無機層將具有提供吸引人的外觀及用作阻擋可見光及紫外線(UV)光的屏蔽件的雙重功能。When deposited on glass, such as automotive glass, the porous inorganic layer(s) described herein can function as a decorative glaze. Decorative glazes can be used for aesthetic purposes, functional purposes, or both. For example, the porous inorganic layer(s) would have the dual function of providing an attractive appearance and acting as a shield against visible light and ultraviolet (UV) light.

7 所展示,第二多孔無機層 250包含垂直於第二主表面 204的無機厚度 746。例如,無機厚度 746可對應於黏附至第二主表面 204的第一表面 732與跟第一表面 732相反的第二表面 734之間的距離。如本文所用,第一多孔無機層 240及/或第二多孔無機層 250的厚度使用掃描電子顯微鏡(scanning electron microscope,SEM)影像來量測。在態樣中,第一多孔無機層 240及/或第二多孔無機層 250的無機厚度可為約1微米(μm)或更大、約10 μm或更大、約15 μm或更大、約20 μm或更大、約30 μm或更小、約25 μm或更小或約20 μm或更小。在態樣中,第一多孔無機層 240及/或第二多孔無機層 250的無機厚度的範圍可為約1 μm至約30 μm、約10 μm至約30 μm、約15 μm至約25 μm或其間的任何範圍或子範圍。在態樣中,第二多孔無機層 250的厚度可包含在本段上文論述的範圍中之一或多個範圍內的厚度。 As shown in FIG . 7 , the second porous inorganic layer 250 includes an inorganic thickness 746 perpendicular to the second major surface 204. For example, the inorganic thickness 746 may correspond to the distance between the first surface 732 adhered to the second major surface 204 and the second surface 734 opposite to the first surface 732. As used herein, the thickness of the first porous inorganic layer 240 and/or the second porous inorganic layer 250 is measured using scanning electron microscope (SEM) images. In an embodiment, the inorganic thickness of the first porous inorganic layer 240 and/or the second porous inorganic layer 250 may be about 1 micrometer (μm) or more, about 10 μm or more, about 15 μm or more, about 20 μm or more, about 30 μm or less, about 25 μm or less, or about 20 μm or less. In an embodiment, the inorganic thickness of the first porous inorganic layer 240 and/or the second porous inorganic layer 250 may range from about 1 μm to about 30 μm, from about 10 μm to about 30 μm, from about 15 μm to about 25 μm, or any range or sub-range therebetween. In an embodiment, the thickness of the second porous inorganic layer 250 may include a thickness within one or more of the ranges discussed above in this paragraph.

第一多孔無機層 240及/或第二多孔無機層 250包含複數個孔。如 7 所展示,第二多孔無機層 250包含複數個孔 760。如本文所用,材料的「孔隙率」根據使用掃描電子顯微鏡(SEM)在材料的主表面處拍攝的影像來計算,其中使用具有自動定限的ImageJ來分析SEM影像以判定與低於臨限值的高度相對應的影像的部分。在態樣中,第一多孔無機層 240及/或第二多孔無機層 250的孔隙率(體積%)可為約10%或更大、約15%或更大、約20%或更大、約25%或更大、約60%或更小、約50%或更小、約40%或更小或約30%或更小。在態樣中,第一多孔無機層 240及/或第二多孔無機層 250的孔隙率的範圍可為約10%至約60%、約15%至約50%、約20%至約40%、約20%至約30%、約25%至約30%或其間的任何範圍或子範圍。當結合至層壓體中時,孔隙率亦可用作具有預定色彩外觀的裝飾。已發現,孔隙率可防止(一或多個)多孔無機層降低(一或多個)玻璃基板的機械強度。不希望受理論束縛,據信,孔隙率減小玻璃基板與裝飾釉之間的連續接觸區域的大小,這減少在裝飾玻璃製品的製造期間引起的CTE誘導的應力積聚,由此減少或防止缺陷形成及傳播。當結合至層壓體中時,孔隙率亦可有助於多孔無機層具有預定色彩外觀。例如,中間層用於將具有多孔無機層的玻璃基板附接至另一玻璃基板。如下文所論述,聚合物材料可填充多孔無機層的複數個孔,這可使玻璃製品之包括多孔無機層之部分的外觀變暗。 The first porous inorganic layer 240 and/or the second porous inorganic layer 250 include a plurality of pores. As shown in FIG. 7 , the second porous inorganic layer 250 includes a plurality of pores 760 . As used herein, the “porosity” of a material is calculated based on an image taken at a major surface of the material using a scanning electron microscope (SEM), wherein the SEM image is analyzed using ImageJ with automatic limiting to determine the portion of the image corresponding to a height below a threshold. In an embodiment, the porosity (volume %) of the first porous inorganic layer 240 and/or the second porous inorganic layer 250 may be about 10% or more, about 15% or more, about 20% or more, about 25% or more, about 60% or less, about 50% or less, about 40% or less, or about 30% or less. In embodiments, the porosity of the first porous inorganic layer 240 and/or the second porous inorganic layer 250 can range from about 10% to about 60%, about 15% to about 50%, about 20% to about 40%, about 20% to about 30%, about 25% to about 30%, or any range or sub-range therebetween. When incorporated into a laminate, the porosity can also be used as a decoration having a predetermined color appearance. It has been found that the porosity can prevent the porous inorganic layer(s) from reducing the mechanical strength of the glass substrate(s). Without wishing to be bound by theory, it is believed that porosity reduces the size of the continuous contact area between the glass substrate and the decorative glaze, which reduces CTE-induced stress accumulation caused during the manufacture of the decorative glass article, thereby reducing or preventing defect formation and propagation. Porosity can also help the porous inorganic layer have a predetermined color appearance when incorporated into a laminate. For example, an intermediate layer is used to attach a glass substrate having a porous inorganic layer to another glass substrate. As discussed below, a polymer material can fill a plurality of pores of the porous inorganic layer, which can darken the appearance of the portion of the glass article that includes the porous inorganic layer.

第一多孔無機層 240及/或第二多孔無機層 250可包含在玻璃基板的CTE的15×10 -7K -1內的CTE,使得裝飾層即使與(一或多個)玻璃基板接觸亦不會降低玻璃基板的機械強度。如上文所論述,(一或多個)多孔無機層可以適合於裝飾或隱藏目的的圖案沉積至第二主表面及/或第三主表面上。與某些現有市售釉(例如,具有近似80×10 -7K -1或更大的CTE)相比,本文所描述之裝飾層的相對較低的CTE能夠達成在汽車玻璃應用中使用各種硼矽酸鹽玻璃。例如,(一或多個)玻璃基板的CTE (CTE g)與多孔無機層的CTE (CTE d)之間的差值的絕對值(即,|CTE g-CTE d|)可為約15×10 -7K -1或更小、約10×10 -7K -1或更小、約9×10 -7K -1或更小、約8×10 -7K -1或更小、約7×10 -7K -1或更小、約6×10 -7K -1或更小、約5×10 -7K -1或更小、約4×10 -7K -1或更小、約3×10 -7K -1或更小、約2×10 -7K -1或更小、約1×10 -7K -1或更小、約0.5×10 -7K -1或更小、約0.25×10 -7K -1或更小、約0.2×10 -7K -1或更小、約0.15×10 -7K -1或更小、約0.1×10 -7K -1或更小、約0.05×10 -7K -1或更小。在態樣中,20×10 -7K -1≤ CTE d≤ 55×10 -7K -1,20×10 -7K -1≤ CTE d≤ 50 ×10 -7K -1,20×10 -7K -1≤ CTE d≤ 45×10 -7K -1,20×10 -7K -1≤ CTE d≤ 40 ×10 -7K -1,20×10 -7K -1≤ CTE d≤ 35×10 -7K -1,20×10 -7K -1≤ CTE d≤ 32.5×10 -7K -1,或其間的任何範圍或子範圍。在態樣中,20×10 -7K -1≤ CTE d≤ 55×10 -7K -1,35×10 -7K -1≤ CTE d≤ 50×10 -7K -1,40×10 -7K -1≤ CTE d≤ 50×10 -7K -1,及其間的任何範圍或子範圍。如本文所描述,將(一或多個)多孔無機層(例如,第一多孔無機層 240)建構成具有近似等於第一玻璃基板 200的CTE的CTE可防止在玻璃製品的製造期間在多孔無機層中形成裂紋,且亦防止多孔無機層的結合降低第一玻璃基板及/或玻璃製品的機械強度。 The first porous inorganic layer 240 and/or the second porous inorganic layer 250 may include a CTE within 15× 10-7 K -1 of the CTE of the glass substrate, so that the decorative layer does not reduce the mechanical strength of the glass substrate even if it is in contact with the (one or more) glass substrates. As discussed above, the (one or more) porous inorganic layer can be deposited on the second major surface and/or the third major surface in a pattern suitable for decorative or concealing purposes. The relatively low CTE of the decorative layer described herein, compared to certain existing commercially available glazes (e.g., having a CTE of approximately 80× 10-7 K -1 or greater), enables the use of various borosilicate glasses in automotive glass applications. For example, the absolute value of the difference between the CTE (CTE g ) of the (one or more) glass substrates and the CTE (CTE d ) of the porous inorganic layer (i.e., |CTE g −CTE d |) may be about 15×10 −7 K −1 or less, about 10×10 −7 K −1 or less, about 9×10 −7 K −1 or less, about 8×10 −7 K −1 or less, about 7×10 −7 K −1 or less, about 6×10 −7 K −1 or less, about 5×10 −7 K −1 or less, about 4×10 −7 K −1 or less, about 3×10 −7 K −1 or less, about 2×10 −7 K −1 or less, about 1×10 −7 K −1 or less, about 0.5×10 −7 K −1 or less, about 0.25×10 −7 K −1 or less, about 0.2×10 −7 K −1 or less, about 0.3×10 −7 K −1 or less, about 0.5×10 −7 K −1 or less, about 0.6×10 −7 K −1 or less, about 0.7×10 −7 K −1 or less, about 0.8×10 −7 K −1 or less, about 0.9×10 −7 K −1 or less, about 1.2×10 −7 K −1 or less, about 1.3×10 −7 K −1 or less, about 1.4×10 −7 K −1 or less, about 1.2 -7 K -1 or less, about 0.15×10 -7 K -1 or less, about 0.1×10 -7 K -1 or less, about 0.05×10 -7 K -1 or less. In an aspect, 20×10 -7 K -1 ≤ CTE d ≤ 55×10 -7 K -1 , 20×10 -7 K -1 ≤ CTE d ≤ 50 ×10 -7 K -1 , 20×10 -7 K -1 ≤ CTE d ≤ 45×10 -7 K -1 , 20×10 -7 K -1 ≤ CTE d ≤ 40 ×10 -7 K -1 , 20×10 -7 K -1 ≤ CTE d ≤ 35×10 -7 K -1 , 20×10 -7 K -1 ≤ CTE d ≤ 32.5×10 -7 K -1 , or any range or sub-range therebetween. In an aspect, 20×10 −7 K −1 ≤ CTE d ≤ 55×10 −7 K −1 , 35×10 −7 K −1 ≤ CTE d ≤ 50×10 −7 K −1 , 40×10 −7 K −1 ≤ CTE d ≤ 50×10 −7 K −1 , and any ranges or sub-ranges therebetween. As described herein, constructing the porous inorganic layer(s) (e.g., the first porous inorganic layer 240 ) to have a CTE approximately equal to the CTE of the first glass substrate 200 can prevent cracks from forming in the porous inorganic layer during manufacture of the glass article, and also prevent bonding of the porous inorganic layer from reducing the mechanical strength of the first glass substrate and/or the glass article.

在態樣中,第一多孔無機層 240及/或第二多孔無機層 250可包括低CTE添加劑組分。在進一步態樣中,佔對應多孔無機層的重量%,低CTE添加劑組分可以至少5重量%、至少10重量%、至少12重量%、至少14重量%、至少16重量%、至少18重量%、至少20重量%、至少22重量%、至少24重量%、至少26重量%、至少28重量%或至少30重量%的量存在。在進一步態樣中,佔對應多孔無機層的重量%,低CTE添加劑組分可以約15重量%至約50重量%、約15重量%至約45重量%、約20重量%至約45重量%、約20重量%至約40重量%、約25重量%至40重量%或其間的任何範圍或子範圍的量存在。在進一步態樣中,佔對應多孔無機層的重量%,低CTE添加劑組分可以約40重量%至約85重量%、約50重量%至約85重量%、約50重量%至約80重量%、約50重量%至約75重量%、約50重量%至約70重量%或其間的任何範圍或子範圍的量存在。例如,佔低CTE添加劑的重量%,低CTE添加劑組分可以約40重量%、45重量%、50重量%、55重量%、60重量%、65重量%、70重量%、75重量%、80重量%或85重量%的量存在。 In an embodiment, the first porous inorganic layer 240 and/or the second porous inorganic layer 250 may include a low CTE additive component. In a further embodiment, the low CTE additive component may be present in an amount of at least 5 wt%, at least 10 wt%, at least 12 wt%, at least 14 wt%, at least 16 wt%, at least 18 wt%, at least 20 wt%, at least 22 wt%, at least 24 wt%, at least 26 wt%, at least 28 wt%, or at least 30 wt%, based on the weight of the corresponding porous inorganic layer. In a further embodiment, the low CTE additive component may be present in an amount of about 15 wt% to about 50 wt%, about 15 wt% to about 45 wt%, about 20 wt% to about 45 wt%, about 20 wt% to about 40 wt%, about 25 wt% to 40 wt%, or any range or sub-range therebetween, based on the weight of the corresponding porous inorganic layer. In a further aspect, the low CTE additive component can be present in an amount of about 40 wt % to about 85 wt %, about 50 wt % to about 85 wt %, about 50 wt % to about 80 wt %, about 50 wt % to about 75 wt %, about 50 wt % to about 70 wt %, or any range or sub-range therebetween, based on the weight % of the corresponding porous inorganic layer. For example, the low CTE additive component can be present in an amount of about 40 wt %, 45 wt %, 50 wt %, 55 wt %, 60 wt %, 65 wt %, 70 wt %, 75 wt %, 80 wt %, or 85 wt %, based on the weight % of the low CTE additive.

在態樣中,低CTE添加劑組分可包含具有在上述範圍中之任何範圍內的CTE的陶瓷或玻璃陶瓷材料。示範性陶瓷包括由Corning® Incorporated開發的具有近似-10×10 -7K -1的CTE的B-eucryptite陶瓷,或具有小於-10×10 -7K -1的CTE的鈦酸鋁陶瓷。示範性玻璃陶瓷材料係由Eurokera S.N.C販售的具有近似0×10 -7K -1的CTE的Kerablack® Plus陶瓷。在態樣中,低CTE添加劑組分包含負性CTE。此類負性CTE材料可包括Bi-Ni-Fe-氧化物、Zr-W-氧化物及其他合適的材料。另外,低CTE添加劑組分可經選擇成使得所得多孔無機層具有預定不透明度。例如,低CTE添加劑組分可經選擇以吸收可見光譜中的光(例如,至少50%的光、至少60%的光、至少70%的光、至少80%的光、至少90%的光) (平均)。在態樣中,低CTE添加劑組分經選擇成使得在由D65照明體以0°照明角度照明時,第一多孔無機層 240及/或第二多孔無機層 250表現出高黑度(例如,約20或更小、約18或更小、約16或更小、約14或更小、約13或更小、約12或更小、約10或更小、約8或更小、約6或更小、約5或更小的L*值)。 In an embodiment, the low CTE additive component may include a ceramic or glass ceramic material having a CTE within any range within the above ranges. Exemplary ceramics include B-eucryptite ceramics developed by Corning® Incorporated having a CTE of approximately -10×10 -7 K -1 , or alumina ceramics having a CTE of less than -10×10 -7 K -1 . An exemplary glass ceramic material is Kerablack® Plus ceramic sold by Eurokera SNC having a CTE of approximately 0×10 -7 K -1 . In an embodiment, the low CTE additive component includes a negative CTE. Such negative CTE materials may include Bi-Ni-Fe-oxides, Zr-W-oxides, and other suitable materials. In addition, the low CTE additive component may be selected so that the resulting porous inorganic layer has a predetermined opacity. For example, the low CTE additive component can be selected to absorb light in the visible spectrum (e.g., at least 50% of the light, at least 60% of the light, at least 70% of the light, at least 80% of the light, at least 90% of the light) (on average). In an embodiment, the low CTE additive component is selected so that when illuminated by a D65 illuminant at a 0° illumination angle, the first porous inorganic layer 240 and/or the second porous inorganic layer 250 exhibit a high blackness (e.g., an L* value of about 20 or less, about 18 or less, about 16 or less, about 14 or less, about 13 or less, about 12 or less, about 10 or less, about 8 or less, about 6 or less, about 5 or less).

在固化之前,(一或多個)多孔無機層的前驅物可包含釉(例如,玻璃料)與低CTE添加劑組分之顆粒之混合物。在態樣中,低CTE添加劑組分可作為填料存在於(一或多個)多孔無機層中。在態樣中,低CTE添加劑組分的材料可具有比釉中之玻璃料組分的對應溫度高的熔點或軟化溫度。在態樣中,低CTE添加劑組分之顆粒可包含約100 μm或更小、約50 μm或更小、約40 μm或更小、約30 μm或更小或約20 μm或更小的平均粒徑。已發現,低CTE添加劑組分之顆粒之大小影響固化後所得多孔無機層的孔隙率,例如,藉由在燒結期間防止顆粒周圍的釉(例如,玻璃料)緻密化以產生多孔結構。此外,已發現,孔隙率防止多孔無機層降低玻璃基板及/或玻璃製品的強度或甚至增加玻璃基板及/或玻璃製品的強度。Prior to solidification, the precursor of the (one or more) porous inorganic layer may include a mixture of a glaze (e.g., glass frit) and particles of a low CTE additive component. In an embodiment, the low CTE additive component may be present in the (one or more) porous inorganic layer as a filler. In an embodiment, the material of the low CTE additive component may have a melting point or softening temperature higher than the corresponding temperature of the glass frit component in the glaze. In an embodiment, the particles of the low CTE additive component may include an average particle size of about 100 μm or less, about 50 μm or less, about 40 μm or less, about 30 μm or less, or about 20 μm or less. It has been found that the size of the particles of the low CTE additive component affects the porosity of the resulting porous inorganic layer after curing, for example, by preventing the glaze (e.g., glass frit) around the particles from densifying during sintering to produce a porous structure. In addition, it has been found that the porosity prevents the porous inorganic layer from reducing the strength of the glass substrate and/or glass article or even increases the strength of the glass substrate and/or glass article.

在態樣中,低CTE添加劑組分可包含約10×10 -7K -1或更小、約5×10 -7K -1或更小、約0×10 -7K -1或更小、約-5×10 -7K -1或更小、約-10×10 -7K -1或更小、約-50×10 -7K -1或更小、約-100×10 -7K -1或更小的CTE。已發現,固化後所得多孔無機層的CTE大致為所有構成組分(例如,玻璃料與低CTE添加劑組分之間)的加權平均值。因此,低CTE添加劑的CTE可決定對於給定玻璃料達成預定CTE所需的重量百分比。在態樣中,低CTE添加劑組分的折射率可為約1.5或更小或約1.6或更小。在態樣中,低CTE添加劑組分的折射率大於1.6。對於維持裝飾層的較高不透明度,較高折射率可係較佳的。如本文所用,折射率根據ASTM E1967-19來量測,其中第一波長包含589 nm。 In embodiments, the low CTE additive component may comprise a CTE of about 10× 10-7 K -1 or less, about 5× 10-7 K -1 or less, about 0× 10-7 K -1 or less, about -5× 10-7 K -1 or less, about -10× 10-7 K -1 or less, about -50× 10-7 K -1 or less, about -100× 10-7 K -1 or less. It has been found that the CTE of the resulting porous inorganic layer after curing is approximately the weighted average of all constituent components (e.g., between the glass frit and the low CTE additive component). Therefore, the CTE of the low CTE additive may determine the weight percentage required to achieve a predetermined CTE for a given glass frit. In embodiments, the refractive index of the low CTE additive component may be about 1.5 or less or about 1.6 or less. In an embodiment, the refractive index of the low CTE additive component is greater than 1.6. A higher refractive index may be preferred for maintaining a higher opacity of the decorative layer. As used herein, the refractive index is measured according to ASTM E1967-19, wherein the first wavelength includes 589 nm.

在態樣中,(一或多個)多孔無機層可由低CTE添加劑組分之顆粒與市售釉之混合物形成。低CTE添加劑組分的添加不僅用於降低釉的CTE,而且用於增加固化後所得多孔無機層的孔隙率。在進一步態樣中,市售釉包含玻璃或陶瓷釉,該玻璃或陶瓷釉包含玻璃料組分、染色劑組分及視情況添加劑組分。玻璃料組分決定所得多孔無機層的各種特性,包括機械強度及所需燒製條件。在更進一步態樣中,玻璃料可包含一或多種Bi、B、Zn或Si氧化物。玻璃料的特徵可在於Bi、B、Zn或Si氧化物作為主要組分的存在。在更進一步態樣中,玻璃料可包含約1重量%或更大、約5重量%或更大或約10重量%或更大的Bi、B、Zn或Si氧化物。在進一步態樣中,玻璃料可包含小於1 mol%的Na 2O、小於10 mol%的Fe 2O 3或小於25 mol%的P 2O 5。在進一步態樣中,玻璃料不含Na 2O、Fe 2O 3或P 2O 5。在進一步態樣中,染色劑組分被摻入玻璃料中且包含一或多種Cu、Co、Fe、Ni、Mn或Cr氧化物。在更進一步態樣中,染色劑包含非Fe氧化物,或者不含Fe氧化物。合適的陶瓷釉之實例可購自Ferro公司(Mayfield Heights, Ohio),包括產品編號14 316 (基於鉍系的玻璃料系統,具有黑色、霧面色彩、在6分鐘內570℃至640℃的寬燒製範圍、及相對較高的熔點)及產品編號VPS 4100 (可在630℃至650℃下燒製的黑色釉)。釉可為黑色、白色或任何色彩,例如紅色、靛藍、藍色、綠色、棕色、橙色、紫色、黃色。市售釉可分散於合適的介質中以形成用於施加至玻璃基板的糊劑,其中該介質可包含適合於藉由蒸發溶劑來乾燥的油或有機樹脂。 In an embodiment, (one or more) porous inorganic layers can be formed by a mixture of particles of a low CTE additive component and a commercially available glaze. The addition of the low CTE additive component is not only used to reduce the CTE of the glaze, but also to increase the porosity of the porous inorganic layer obtained after curing. In a further embodiment, the commercially available glaze comprises a glass or ceramic glaze, which comprises a glass frit component, a dye component and, as the case may be, an additive component. The glass frit component determines various properties of the obtained porous inorganic layer, including mechanical strength and required firing conditions. In a further embodiment, the glass frit may comprise one or more Bi, B, Zn or Si oxides. The glass frit may be characterized by the presence of Bi, B, Zn or Si oxides as the main components. In further aspects, the glass frit may include about 1 wt % or more, about 5 wt % or more, or about 10 wt % or more of Bi, B, Zn, or Si oxides. In further aspects, the glass frit may include less than 1 mol % of Na 2 O, less than 10 mol % of Fe 2 O 3 , or less than 25 mol % of P 2 O 5. In further aspects, the glass frit does not contain Na 2 O, Fe 2 O 3 , or P 2 O 5. In further aspects, a dye component is incorporated into the glass frit and includes one or more Cu, Co, Fe, Ni, Mn, or Cr oxides. In further aspects, the dye includes non-Fe oxides, or does not contain Fe oxides. Examples of suitable ceramic glazes are available from Ferro Corporation (Mayfield Heights, Ohio) and include Product No. 14 316 (a bismuth-based frit system with a black, matte color, a wide firing range of 570°C to 640°C in 6 minutes, and a relatively high melting point) and Product No. VPS 4100 (a black glaze that can be fired at 630°C to 650°C). The glaze can be black, white, or any color, such as red, indigo, blue, green, brown, orange, purple, yellow. The commercially available glaze can be dispersed in a suitable medium to form a paste for application to a glass substrate, wherein the medium can include an oil or organic resin suitable for drying by evaporation of a solvent.

在態樣中,第一多孔無機層 240及/或第二多孔無機層 250可由市售陶瓷釉或玻璃料形成(例如,無上文所論述之低CTE添加劑組分之顆粒)。在態樣中,第一多孔無機層 240及/或第二多孔無機層 250可由經設計成可離子交換的玻璃料形成。例如,可在經歷離子交換處理之前將玻璃料施加至可離子交換玻璃。此種玻璃料經組配以允許玻璃與處理浴之間的離子交換。在進一步態樣中,玻璃料可係Bi-Si-B鹼系、基於Zn的Bi系、Bi-Zn系、Bi系、不具有或具有低Bi的Si-Zn-B-Ti系、Si-Bi-Zn-B鹼系及/或Si-Bi-Ti-B-Zn鹼系。示範性可離子交換玻璃料(包括著色劑)包含45.11 mol%的Bi 2O 3、20.61 mol%的SiO 2、13.56 mol%的Cr 2O 3、5.11 mol%的CuO、3.48 mol%的MnO、3.07 mol%的ZnO、2.35 mol%的B 2O 3、1.68 mol%的TiO 2、1.60 mol%的Na 2O、1.50 mol%的Li 2O、0.91 mol%的K 2O、0.51 mol%的AbO 3、0.15 mol%的P 2O 5、0.079 mol%的SO 3、0.076 mol%的BaO、0.062 mol%的ZrO 20.060 mol%的Fe 2O 3、0.044 mol%的MoO 3、0.048 mol%的CaO、0018 mol%的Nb 2O 5、0.006 mol%的Cl及0.012 mol%的SrO。可離子交換玻璃料之其他實例在2022年4月15日申請的名稱為「Filled Pore Decorative Layer for Ion Exchangeable and Automotive Glass」的國際專利申請案第PCT/US2020/28176號、美國專利第9,346,708B2號(申請案第13/464,493號,2012年5月4日申請)及美國公開案第2016/0002104A1號(申請案第14/768,832號,2015年8月19日申請)中揭示,該等申請案中之各者以引用方式整體併入本文中。 In an embodiment, the first porous inorganic layer 240 and/or the second porous inorganic layer 250 may be formed from a commercially available ceramic glaze or glass frit (e.g., without the particles of the low CTE additive component discussed above). In an embodiment, the first porous inorganic layer 240 and/or the second porous inorganic layer 250 may be formed from a glass frit designed to be ion exchangeable. For example, the glass frit may be applied to the ion exchangeable glass before undergoing an ion exchange treatment. Such glass frit is configured to allow ion exchange between the glass and the treatment bath. In a further aspect, the glass frit can be Bi-Si-B alkali system, Bi-Zn based Bi system, Bi system, Si-Zn-B-Ti system without or with low Bi, Si-Bi-Zn-B alkali system and/or Si-Bi-Ti-B-Zn alkali system. An exemplary ion-exchangeable glass frit (including coloring agent) comprises 45.11 mol% Bi2O3 , 20.61 mol% SiO2 , 13.56 mol% Cr2O3 , 5.11 mol% CuO, 3.48 mol% MnO, 3.07 mol% ZnO, 2.35 mol% B2O3 , 1.68 mol% TiO2 , 1.60 mol% Na2O , 1.50 mol% Li2O , 0.91 mol% K2O , 0.51 mol% AbO3 , 0.15 mol% P2O5 , 0.079 mol% SO3 , 0.076 mol% BaO, 0.062 mol% ZrO2 0.060 mol% Fe 2 O 3 , 0.044 mol% MoO 3 , 0.048 mol% CaO, 0.018 mol% Nb 2 O 5 , 0.006 mol% Cl and 0.012 mol% SrO. Other examples of ion-exchangeable glass frits are disclosed in International Patent Application No. PCT/US2020/28176, filed on April 15, 2022, entitled “Filled Pore Decorative Layer for Ion Exchangeable and Automotive Glass,” U.S. Patent No. 9,346,708B2 (Application No. 13/464,493, filed on May 4, 2012), and U.S. Publication No. 2016/0002104A1 (Application No. 14/768,832, filed on August 19, 2015), each of which is incorporated herein by reference in its entirety.

在態樣中,第一多孔無機層 240及/或第二多孔無機層 250可包含(例如,除了前段中描述的基於釉/玻璃料的組分之外)由諸如有機油墨的油墨組成的著色劑塗層。另外地或替代地,在態樣中,儘管未展示出,但著色劑塗層可施加至第三主表面 222或第四主表面 224。有利地,此類著色劑塗層可在第二玻璃基板 220呈平面組態時施加至第二玻璃基板 220,然後第二玻璃基板 220可經冷成型至彎曲組態而不破壞著色劑塗層(例如,有機油墨塗層)。在進一步態樣中,著色劑塗層包含至少一種顏料、至少一種礦物填料及包含烷氧矽烷官能化異氰脲酸酯或烷氧矽烷官能化縮二脲的黏結劑。此類著色劑塗層之實例在歐洲專利第2617690B1號中描述,該專利以引用方式整體併入本文中。其他合適的著色劑塗層及施加著色劑塗層之方法在美國公開案第2020/0171800A1號(申請案第16/613,010號,2019年11月12日申請)及美國專利第9,724,727號(申請案第14/618,398號,2015年2月10日申請)中描述,該等兩個申請案皆以引用方式整體併入本文中。另外地或替代地,紅外線反射(infrared reflective,IRR)塗層、玻璃料、抗反射塗層或顏料塗層可設置於第一玻璃基板及/或第二玻璃基板上。例如,IRR塗層可設置於第一玻璃基板 200之第二主表面 204上或第二玻璃基板 220之第三主表面 222塗佈有紅外線反射膜及視情況透明介電膜之一或多個層。在進一步態樣中,紅外線反射膜可包含導電金屬,諸如銀、金或銅,該導電金屬減少透過汽車窗用玻璃的熱傳遞。在進一步態樣中,視情況選用之介電膜可用於抗反射紅外線反射膜及控制塗層的其他性質及特性,諸如色彩及耐久性。在進一步態樣中,介電膜包含鋅、錫、銦、鉍及鈦等的一或多種氧化物。在態樣中,IRR塗層包括各自夾置於透明介電膜之兩個層之間的一或兩個銀層。在實施例中,IRR塗層使用物理氣相沉積、化學氣相沉積或經由層壓來施加。 In an aspect, the first porous inorganic layer 240 and/or the second porous inorganic layer 250 may include (e.g., in addition to the glaze/frit-based components described in the previous paragraph) a colorant coating composed of an ink such as an organic ink. Additionally or alternatively, in an aspect, although not shown, a colorant coating may be applied to the third major surface 222 or the fourth major surface 224. Advantageously, such a colorant coating may be applied to the second glass substrate 220 when the second glass substrate 220 is in a planar configuration, and then the second glass substrate 220 may be cold formed to a curved configuration without destroying the colorant coating (e.g., organic ink coating). In a further aspect, the colorant coating comprises at least one pigment, at least one mineral filler and a binder comprising an alkoxysilane functionalized isocyanurate or an alkoxysilane functionalized biuret. Examples of such colorant coatings are described in European Patent No. 2617690B1, which is incorporated herein by reference in its entirety. Other suitable colorant coatings and methods of applying colorant coatings are described in U.S. Publication No. 2020/0171800A1 (Application No. 16/613,010, filed on November 12, 2019) and U.S. Patent No. 9,724,727 (Application No. 14/618,398, filed on February 10, 2015), both of which are incorporated herein by reference in their entirety. Additionally or alternatively, an infrared reflective (IRR) coating, a glass frit, an anti-reflective coating, or a pigment coating may be disposed on the first glass substrate and/or the second glass substrate. For example, the IRR coating may be disposed on the second major surface 204 of the first glass substrate 200 or the third major surface 222 of the second glass substrate 220 coated with one or more layers of an infrared reflective film and an optional transparent dielectric film. In a further embodiment, the infrared reflective film may include a conductive metal, such as silver, gold, or copper, which reduces heat transfer through the automotive window glass. In a further embodiment, the optional dielectric film may be used for anti-reflective infrared reflective film and control other properties and characteristics of the coating, such as color and durability. In a further embodiment, the dielectric film includes one or more oxides of zinc, tin, indium, bismuth, and titanium. In aspects, the IRR coating includes one or two silver layers each sandwiched between two layers of a transparent dielectric film. In embodiments, the IRR coating is applied using physical vapor deposition, chemical vapor deposition, or via lamination.

在態樣中,第一多孔無機層 240及/或第二多孔無機層 250的前驅物可包括合適顏料之顆粒以提供預定外觀。在進一步態樣中,顏料顆粒可以小於或等於低CTE添加劑組分的量(如上文所論述)添加。顏料亦可摻入基礎玻璃料(例如,陶瓷釉)中,例如作為著色劑組分。在進一步態樣中,顏料(若包括的話)經添加成使得顏料在固化時以第一多孔無機層 240及/或第二多孔無機層 250的大於0重量%至約50重量%的量存在(例如,大於0重量%至約40重量%、大於5重量%至約30重量%、大於5重量%至約20重量%或其間的任何範圍或子範圍)。合適的顏料之實例包括B1G顏料、30C965 (基於CuCr的顏料)、來自Shepherd (俄亥俄州辛辛那提)的20F944 (基於MgFe的顏料)及V7709 (基於CuCr的顏料)、及來自Ferro Corporation(俄亥俄州梅菲爾德海茨)的240137 (基於FeCrCoNi的顏料)。顏料可經選擇以具有以下主要組分以便獲得預定色彩,例如如下:黑色(CuCrFe、CrFe、錳鐵尖晶石、FeCrCoNi)、藍色(鋁酸鈷、鉻酸鈷尖晶石、CoZnCrAl)、綠色(鈦酸鈷綠色尖晶石)、棕色(錳銻鈦淺黃金紅石、鋅鐵鉻棕色尖晶石、鐵鈦棕色尖晶石)、橙色(金紅石錫鋅)、紫色(磷酸鈷)、黃色(鎳銻鈦黃色金紅石、鈮硫錫鋅氧化物)及金屬態樣(鈦酸鹽覆蓋的雲母片、鈦酸鹽及錫氧化物、或鐵氧化物)。顏料可係黑色、藍色、綠色、棕色、橙色、紫色、黃色或它們的金屬變體。在進一步態樣中,顏料可具有與玻璃料(例如,釉)相同或相似的色彩,例如,在用D65照明體以0°照明角度照明時,顏料及釉可表現出彼此相差小於5的CIE a*值及CIE b*值。 In an embodiment, the precursor of the first porous inorganic layer 240 and/or the second porous inorganic layer 250 may include particles of a suitable pigment to provide a predetermined appearance. In a further embodiment, the pigment particles may be added in an amount less than or equal to the amount of the low CTE additive component (as discussed above). The pigment may also be incorporated into the base glass frit (e.g., ceramic glaze), for example as a colorant component. In a further embodiment, the pigment (if included) is added so that the pigment is present in an amount greater than 0 wt % to about 50 wt % of the first porous inorganic layer 240 and/or the second porous inorganic layer 250 when cured (e.g., greater than 0 wt % to about 40 wt %, greater than 5 wt % to about 30 wt %, greater than 5 wt % to about 20 wt % or any range or sub-range therebetween). Examples of suitable pigments include B1G pigment, 30C965 (CuCr based pigment), 20F944 (MgFe based pigment) and V7709 (CuCr based pigment) from Shepherd (Cincinnati, Ohio), and 240137 (FeCrCoNi based pigment) from Ferro Corporation (Mayfield Heights, Ohio). The pigments may be selected to have the following main components in order to obtain a predetermined color, such as the following: black (CuCrFe, CrFe, manganese iron spinel, FeCrCoNi), blue (cobalt aluminate, cobalt chromate spinel, CoZnCrAl), green (cobalt titanate green spinel), brown (manganese antimony titanium light yellow rutile, zinc iron chromium brown spinel, iron titanium brown spinel), orange (rutile tin zinc), purple (cobalt phosphate), yellow (nickel antimony titanium yellow rutile, niobium sulfide tin zinc oxide) and metallic aspects (mica flakes covered with titanium oxide, titanium oxide and tin oxide, or iron oxide). The pigment may be black, blue, green, brown, orange, purple, yellow, or metallic variants thereof. In a further aspect, the pigment may have the same or similar color as the frit (e.g., glaze), for example, when illuminated with a D65 illuminant at a 0° illumination angle, the pigment and glaze may exhibit CIE a* and CIE b* values that differ by less than 5 from each other.

在態樣中,第一多孔無機層 240及/或第二多孔無機層 250亦可包含對於裝飾汽車應用有利的光學性質。例如,在實施例中,在約30 μm或更小的厚度處,第一多孔無機層 240及/或第二多孔無機層 250可表現出相對較高的黑度(例如,約20或更小、約15或更小、約10或更小、約5或更小、約2.5或更小的根據CIE 1976色彩空間的L*值)。在態樣中,對於法向入射於玻璃製品上的400 nm至700 nm的光,第一多孔無機層 240及/或第二多孔無機層 250表現出約2.0%或更小(例如,約1.8%或更小、約1.6%或更小、約1.4%或更小、約1.2%或更小、約1.0%或更小、約0.8%或更小、約0.6%或更小、約0.4%或更小、約0.2%或更小、約0.1%或更小)的積分可見光透射率。此種低光學透射率有助於裝飾層在汽車應用中執行各種隱藏及裝飾功能。如本文所用,術語「光學透射比」及「透射率」可互換地用於指代在感興趣的波長範圍內透射穿過製品的光的百分比。特定波長範圍內的光的「積分可見光透射率」使用以下方程式來判定: 其中T(λ)表示波長範圍內的透射光譜,且φ(λ)等於用於量測透射比的光源的透射比。在態樣中,對於法向入射於玻璃製品上的400 nm至700 nm的光,玻璃製品 130 300 400 500 600 1400之包含多孔無機層(例如,第一多孔無機層 240及/或第二多孔無機層 250)的一部分(例如,第一部分 294a 294b)可包含約2.0%或更小(例如,約1.8%或更小、約1.6%或更小、約1.4%或更小、約1.2%或更小、約1.0%或更小、約0.8%或更小、約0.6%或更小、約0.4%或更小、約0.2%或更小、約0.1%或更小)的積分可見光透射率。 In an embodiment, the first porous inorganic layer 240 and/or the second porous inorganic layer 250 may also include optical properties that are advantageous for decorative automotive applications. For example, in an embodiment, at a thickness of about 30 μm or less, the first porous inorganic layer 240 and/or the second porous inorganic layer 250 may exhibit a relatively high blackness (e.g., an L* value of about 20 or less, about 15 or less, about 10 or less, about 5 or less, about 2.5 or less according to the CIE 1976 color space). In an embodiment, the first porous inorganic layer 240 and/or the second porous inorganic layer 250 exhibits an integrated visible light transmittance of about 2.0% or less (e.g., about 1.8% or less, about 1.6% or less, about 1.4% or less, about 1.2% or less, about 1.0% or less, about 0.8% or less, about 0.6% or less, about 0.4% or less, about 0.2% or less, about 0.1% or less) for light of 400 nm to 700 nm incident normally on the glass article. Such low optical transmittance helps the decorative layer perform various concealing and decorative functions in automotive applications. As used herein, the terms "optical transmittance" and "transmittance" are used interchangeably to refer to the percentage of light transmitted through the article in the wavelength range of interest. The "integrated visible light transmittance" for light in a specific wavelength range is determined using the following equation: Where T(λ) represents the transmission spectrum in the wavelength range, and φ(λ) is equal to the transmittance of the light source used to measure the transmittance. In an embodiment, a portion (e.g., first portion 294a or 294b) of the glass article 130 , 300 , 400 , 500 , 600 , or 1400 that includes a porous inorganic layer (e.g., first porous inorganic layer 240 and /or second porous inorganic layer 250 ) may include an integrated visible light transmittance of about 2.0% or less (e.g., about 1.8 % or less, about 1.6% or less, about 1.4% or less, about 1.2% or less, about 1.0 % or less, about 0.8% or less, about 0.6% or less, about 0.4% or less, about 0.2% or less, about 0.1% or less) for light of 400 nm to 700 nm normally incident on the glass article.

在態樣中,多孔無機層的前驅物可與彎折及層壓(一或多個)玻璃基板以形成玻璃製品的溫度要求相容。在進一步態樣中,前驅物(例如,未固化的改質釉)可能夠在與將(一或多個)玻璃基板彎折成適合於玻璃製品的窗用玻璃應用的形狀相關聯的加熱階段之前或期間固化。例如,前驅物(例如,改質釉)可在彎折製程的加熱循環期間固化以促進製程效率。因此,前驅物(例如,改質釉)可包含小於或等於(一或多個)玻璃基板的下垂溫度的玻璃軟化溫度。在態樣中,前驅物(例如,改質釉)、第一多孔無機層 240及/或第二多孔無機層 250的玻璃軟化溫度可為約750℃或更小(例如,約725℃或更小、約700℃或更小、約675℃或更小、約650℃或更小、約625℃或更小、約600℃或更小、約575℃或更小、約550℃或更小)以促進此種同時彎折及固化動作。 In an aspect, the precursor to the porous inorganic layer may be compatible with the temperature requirements for bending and laminating the glass substrate(s) to form the glass article. In a further aspect, the precursor (e.g., an uncured modified glaze) may be cured before or during a heating phase associated with bending the glass substrate(s) into a shape suitable for a glazing application of the glass article. For example, the precursor (e.g., modified glaze) may be cured during the heating cycle of the bending process to promote process efficiency. Thus, the precursor (e.g., modified glaze) may include a glass softening temperature that is less than or equal to the sag temperature of the glass substrate(s). In an embodiment, the glass softening temperature of the precursor (e.g., modified glaze), the first porous inorganic layer 240 and/or the second porous inorganic layer 250 may be about 750°C or less (e.g., about 725°C or less, about 700°C or less, about 675°C or less, about 650°C or less, about 625°C or less, about 600°C or less, about 575°C or less, about 550°C or less) to promote such simultaneous bending and curing action.

7 所展示,聚合物材料 750可定位於第二多孔無機層 250中的複數個孔 760中。在態樣中,如圖所展示,聚合物材料可定位於第二多孔無機層 250中的複數個孔中,無需定位於所有複數個孔中(例如,參見孔 762),但在其他態樣中,實質上所有複數個孔中皆可定位有聚合物材料。例如,如圖所展示,聚合物材料 750可定位於第一部分 782中的複數個孔中,但不定位於第二部分 784中的複數個孔中。如本文所用,「填充」有聚合物材料的孔意指聚合物材料定位於孔中,而不需要孔的100%體積含有聚合物材料。在態樣中,儘管未展示出,但應理解,中間層 230 430 630 1430的材料之一部分可定位於第二多孔無機層 250的複數個孔中之一或多個孔中。 As shown in FIG . 7 , polymer material 750 may be positioned in a plurality of holes 760 in the second porous inorganic layer 250. In aspects, as shown, the polymer material may be positioned in a plurality of holes in the second porous inorganic layer 250 , without necessarily being positioned in all of the plurality of holes (e.g., see hole 762 ), but in other aspects, substantially all of the plurality of holes may have polymer material positioned therein. For example, as shown, polymer material 750 may be positioned in a plurality of holes in the first portion 782 , but not in a plurality of holes in the second portion 784. As used herein, a hole "filled" with a polymer material means that the polymer material is positioned in the hole, without requiring 100% of the volume of the hole to contain the polymer material. In embodiments, although not shown, it is understood that a portion of the material of the intermediate layer 230 , 430 , 630 , or 1430 may be positioned in one or more of the plurality of pores of the second porous inorganic layer 250 .

在整個本揭露中,「色移」或「ΔE」值在玻璃製品上對應於下標1及2的兩個點之間使用L*、a*及b*值的CIE 1976色彩空間量測為ΔE=√((L* 1-L* 2) 2+(a* 1-a* 2) 2+(b* 1-b* 2) 2)。如本文所用,「最大」色移或「最大」ΔE值係相對於第二部分中的點在第一部分中的點之間量測的任何ΔE中的最大值,其中各部分中的點係至少每0.1 mm的樣本。如本文所用,除非另外指示,否則CIE值(及ΔE)使用入射於玻璃製品之第一玻璃基板之第一主表面上的D65照明體且在假設為2°標準觀察者的情況下來量測。在態樣中,當用D65照明體自第一主表面 202(參見 2 )照明時,(1)玻璃製品 130之其中聚合物材料 750定位於第一多孔無機層 240的複數個孔內的第一部分 782與(2)玻璃製品 130之其中第一多孔無機層 240未填充有聚合物材料 750的第二部分 784之間的最大ΔE值可為約2.0或更小、約1.7或更小、約1.5或更小、約1.2或更小、約1.0或更小、約0.9或更小、約0.8或更小、約0.7或更小、約0.6或更小、約0.5或更小、約0.1或更大、約0.2或更大、約0.3或更大或約0.4或更大。在態樣中,當用D65照明體自第一主表面 202(參見 2 )照明時,(1)玻璃製品 130之其中聚合物材料 750定位於第一多孔無機層 240的複數個孔內的第一部分 782與(2)玻璃製品 130之其中第一多孔無機層 240未填充有聚合物材料 750的第二部分 784之間的最大ΔE值可在約0.1至約2.0、約0.1至約1.7、約0.1至約1.5、約0.1至約1.2、約0.1至約1.0、約0.2至約0.9、約0.2至約0.8、約0.3至約0.7、約0.3至約0.6、約0.4至約0.5或其間的任何範圍或子範圍的範圍內。提供玻璃製品之具有多孔無機層的此等部分之間的較低最大ΔE值可提供對於觀察者可為視覺上察覺不出的與多孔無機層相關聯的實質上均勻的色彩。 Throughout this disclosure, "color shift" or "ΔE" values are measured in CIE 1976 color space between two points corresponding to subscripts 1 and 2 on a glass article using L*, a*, and b* values as ΔE=√((L* 1 -L* 2 ) 2 +(a* 1 -a* 2 ) 2 +(b* 1 -b* 2 ) 2 ). As used herein, the "maximum" color shift or "maximum" ΔE value is the maximum of any ΔE measured between points in the first portion relative to a point in the second portion, where the points in each portion are at least every 0.1 mm of the sample. As used herein, unless otherwise indicated, CIE values (and ΔE) are measured using a D65 illuminant incident on a first major surface of a first glass substrate of a glass article and assuming a 2° standard observer. In one embodiment, when illuminated from the first major surface 202 (see FIG . 2 ) with a D65 illuminant, the maximum ΔE value between (1) a first portion 782 of the glass article 130 in which the polymer material 750 is positioned within a plurality of pores of the first porous inorganic layer 240 and (2) a second portion 784 of the glass article 130 in which the first porous inorganic layer 240 is not filled with the polymer material 750 may be about 2.0 or less, about 1.7 or less, about 1.5 or less, about 1.2 or less, about 1.0 or less, about 0.9 or less, about 0.8 or less, about 0.7 or less, about 0.6 or less, about 0.5 or less, about 0.1 or greater, about 0.2 or greater, about 0.3 or greater, or about 0.4 or greater. In an embodiment, when illuminated from the first major surface 202 (see FIG . 2 ) with a D65 illuminant, the maximum ΔE value between (1) a first portion 782 of the glass article 130 in which the polymer material 750 is positioned within a plurality of pores of the first porous inorganic layer 240 and (2) a second portion 784 of the glass article 130 in which the first porous inorganic layer 240 is not filled with the polymer material 750 may be in a range of about 0.1 to about 2.0, about 0.1 to about 1.7, about 0.1 to about 1.5, about 0.1 to about 1.2, about 0.1 to about 1.0, about 0.2 to about 0.9, about 0.2 to about 0.8, about 0.3 to about 0.7, about 0.3 to about 0.6, about 0.4 to about 0.5, or any range or sub-range therebetween. Providing lower maximum ΔE values between such portions of the glass article having the porous inorganic layer can provide a substantially uniform color associated with the porous inorganic layer that is visually imperceptible to an observer.

在態樣中,當用D65照明體自第一主表面 202(參見 2 )照明時,玻璃製品 130之其中聚合物材料 750定位於第一多孔無機層 240的複數個孔內的第一部分 782的CIE L*值(L* 1)與(2)玻璃製品 130之其中第一多孔無機層 240未填充有聚合物材料 750的第二部分 784的CIE L* (L* 2)之間的差值的絕對值可為約1或更小、約0.9或更小、約0.8或更小、約0.7或更小、約0.6或更小、約0.5或更小、約0.4或更小、約0.01或更大、約0.1或更大、約0.2或更大或約0.3或更大。在態樣中,當用D65照明體自第一主表面 202(參見 2 )照明時,玻璃製品 130之其中聚合物材料 750定位於第一多孔無機層 240的複數個孔內的第一部分 782的CIE L*值(L* 1)與(2)玻璃製品 130之其中第一多孔無機層 240未填充有聚合物材料 750的第二部分 784的CIE L*值(L* 2)之間的差值的絕對值可在約0.01至約1、約0.1至約0.9、約0.1至約0.8、約0.2至約0.7、約0.6至約0.2、約0.3至約0.5、約0.3至約0.4或其間的任何範圍或子範圍的範圍內。在態樣中,L* 1值與L* 2值之間的差值的最大絕對值可在本段上文論述的範圍內或者為其中之多個範圍。 In one embodiment, when illuminated from the first major surface 202 (see FIG. 2 ) with a D65 illuminant, the absolute value of the difference between the CIE L* value (L* 1 ) of a first portion 782 of the glass article 130 in which the polymer material 750 is positioned within a plurality of pores of the first porous inorganic layer 240 and (2) the CIE L* (L* 2 ) of a second portion 784 of the glass article 130 in which the first porous inorganic layer 240 is not filled with the polymer material 750 may be about 1 or less, about 0.9 or less, about 0.8 or less, about 0.7 or less, about 0.6 or less, about 0.5 or less, about 0.4 or less, about 0.01 or more, about 0.1 or more, about 0.2 or more, or about 0.3 or more. In an embodiment, when illuminated from the first major surface 202 (see FIG. 2 ) with a D65 illuminant, the absolute value of the difference between the CIE L* value (L* 1 ) of a first portion 782 of the glass article 130 in which the polymer material 750 is positioned within a plurality of pores of the first porous inorganic layer 240 and (2) the CIE L* value (L* 2 ) of a second portion 784 of the glass article 130 in which the first porous inorganic layer 240 is not filled with the polymer material 750 can be in a range of about 0.01 to about 1, about 0.1 to about 0.9, about 0.1 to about 0.8, about 0.2 to about 0.7, about 0.6 to about 0.2, about 0.3 to about 0.5, about 0.3 to about 0.4, or any range or sub-range therebetween. In one embodiment, the maximum absolute value of the difference between the L* 1 value and the L* 2 value can be within the range discussed above in this paragraph or a plurality of ranges therein.

在態樣中,當用D65照明體自第一主表面 202(參見 2 )照明時,玻璃製品 130之其中聚合物材料 750定位於第一多孔無機層 240的複數個孔內的第一部分 782的CIE a*值(a* 1)與(2)玻璃製品 130之其中第一多孔無機層 240未填充有聚合物材料 750的第二部分 784的CIE a* (a* 2)之間的差值的絕對值可為約1或更小、約0.7或更小、約0.5或更小、約0.4或更小、約0.3或更小、約0.2或更小、約0.01或更大、約0.05或更大、約0.15或更大或約0.2或更大。在態樣中,當用D65照明體自第一主表面 202(參見 2 )照明時,玻璃製品 130之其中聚合物材料 750定位於第一多孔無機層 240的複數個孔內的第一部分 782的CIE a*值(a* 1)與(2)玻璃製品 130之其中第一多孔無機層 240未填充有聚合物材料 750的第二部分 784的CIE a* (a* 2)之間的差值的絕對值可在約0.01至約1、約0.05至約0.7、約0.05至約0.5、約0.1至約0.4、約0.15至約0.3、約0.15至約0.2或其間的任何範圍或子範圍的範圍內。在態樣中,a* 1值與a* 2值之間的差值的最大絕對值可在本段上文論述的範圍內或者為其中之多個範圍。 In an embodiment, when illuminated from the first major surface 202 (see FIG . 2 ) with a D65 illuminant, the absolute value of the difference between the CIE a* value (a* 1 ) of a first portion 782 of the glass article 130 in which the polymer material 750 is positioned within a plurality of pores of the first porous inorganic layer 240 and (2) the CIE a* (a* 2 ) of a second portion 784 of the glass article 130 in which the first porous inorganic layer 240 is not filled with the polymer material 750 may be about 1 or less, about 0.7 or less, about 0.5 or less, about 0.4 or less, about 0.3 or less, about 0.2 or less, about 0.01 or greater, about 0.05 or greater, about 0.15 or greater, or about 0.2 or greater. In an embodiment, when illuminated from the first major surface 202 (see FIG . 2 ) with a D65 illuminant, the absolute value of the difference between the CIE a* value (a* 1 ) of a first portion 782 of the glass article 130 in which the polymer material 750 is positioned within a plurality of pores of the first porous inorganic layer 240 and (2) the CIE a* (a* 2 ) of a second portion 784 of the glass article 130 in which the first porous inorganic layer 240 is not filled with the polymer material 750 can be in a range of about 0.01 to about 1, about 0.05 to about 0.7, about 0.05 to about 0.5, about 0.1 to about 0.4, about 0.15 to about 0.3, about 0.15 to about 0.2, or any range or sub-range therebetween. In one embodiment, the maximum absolute value of the difference between the a* 1 value and the a* 2 value can be within the range discussed above in this paragraph or multiple ranges therein.

在態樣中,當用D65照明體自第一主表面 202(參見 2 )照明時,玻璃製品 130之其中聚合物材料 750定位於第一多孔無機層 240的複數個孔內的第一部分 782的CIE b*值(b* 1)與(2)玻璃製品 130之其中第一多孔無機層 240未填充有聚合物材料 750的第二部分 784的CIE b* (b* 2)之間的差值的絕對值可為約1或更小、約0.7或更小、約0.5或更小、約0.4或更小、約0.3或更小、約0.2或更小、約0.01或更大、約0.05或更大、約0.15或更大或約0.2或更大。在態樣中,當用D65照明體自第一主表面 202(參見 2 )照明時,玻璃製品 130之其中聚合物材料 750定位於第一多孔無機層 240的複數個孔內的第一部分 782的CIE b*值(b* 1)與(2)玻璃製品 130之其中第一多孔無機層 240未填充有聚合物材料 750的第二部分 784的CIE b*值(b* 2)之間的差值的絕對值可在約0.01至約1、約0.05至約0.7、約0.05至約0.5、約0.1至約0.4、約0.15至約0.3、約0.15至約0.2或其間的任何範圍或子範圍的範圍內。在態樣中,b* 1值與b* 2值之間的差值的最大絕對值可在本段上文論述的範圍內或者為其中之多個範圍。 In an embodiment, when illuminated from the first major surface 202 (see FIG . 2 ) with a D65 illuminant, the absolute value of the difference between the CIE b* value (b* 1 ) of a first portion 782 of the glass article 130 in which the polymer material 750 is positioned within a plurality of pores of the first porous inorganic layer 240 and (2) the CIE b* (b* 2 ) of a second portion 784 of the glass article 130 in which the first porous inorganic layer 240 is not filled with the polymer material 750 may be about 1 or less, about 0.7 or less, about 0.5 or less, about 0.4 or less, about 0.3 or less, about 0.2 or less, about 0.01 or more, about 0.05 or more, about 0.15 or more, or about 0.2 or more. In an embodiment, when illuminated from the first major surface 202 (see FIG. 2 ) with a D65 illuminant, the absolute value of the difference between the CIE b* value (b* 1 ) of a first portion 782 of the glass article 130 in which the polymer material 750 is positioned within a plurality of pores of the first porous inorganic layer 240 and (2) the CIE b* value (b* 2 ) of a second portion 784 of the glass article 130 in which the first porous inorganic layer 240 is not filled with the polymer material 750 can be in a range of about 0.01 to about 1, about 0.05 to about 0.7, about 0.05 to about 0.5, about 0.1 to about 0.4, about 0.15 to about 0.3, about 0.15 to about 0.2, or any range or sub-range therebetween. In one embodiment, the maximum absolute value of the difference between the b* 1 value and the b* 2 value can be within the range discussed above in this paragraph or a plurality of ranges therein.

在態樣中,聚合物材料可存在於玻璃製品之外周處並覆蓋第一多孔無機層 240及/或第二多孔無機層 250。例如,如 11 所展示,聚合物材料 750可存在於對應於所得玻璃製品之外周的第一玻璃基板 200之外周處。此外,如 11 所展示,聚合物材料 750之一部分 770可覆蓋第二多孔無機層 250。如本文所用,若不存在自玻璃製品之外部至多孔無機層而不經過聚合物材料、中間層或玻璃基板的路徑,則聚合物材料覆蓋第二多孔無機層。在玻璃製品之外周處提供聚合物材料可藉由填充外周處的孔來確保玻璃製品的色彩均勻性,包括在玻璃製品之外周處。此外,提供覆蓋多孔無機層的聚合物材料,可防止氧氣及濕氣進入玻璃製品,這可改良玻璃製品、包括(一或多個)多孔無機層的壽命。 In an embodiment, the polymer material may be present at the periphery of the glass product and cover the first porous inorganic layer 240 and/or the second porous inorganic layer 250. For example, as shown in FIG. 11 , the polymer material 750 may be present at the periphery of the first glass substrate 200 corresponding to the periphery of the resulting glass product. In addition, as shown in FIG . 11 , a portion 770 of the polymer material 750 may cover the second porous inorganic layer 250. As used herein, if there is no path from the outside of the glass product to the porous inorganic layer without passing through the polymer material, the intermediate layer, or the glass substrate, the polymer material covers the second porous inorganic layer. Providing the polymer material at the periphery of the glass product can ensure color uniformity of the glass product by filling the pores at the periphery, including at the periphery of the glass product. Furthermore, providing a polymer material covering the porous inorganic layer can prevent oxygen and moisture from entering the glass article, which can improve the life of the glass article, including the porous inorganic layer(s).

在態樣中,聚合物材料 750中的聚合物可包含實質上線性聚合物。如本文所用,實質上線性聚合物實質上不含交聯,該等交聯係連接在其他方面不同的聚合物鏈之間的分支點。如本文所用,「熱塑性材料」意指在初始固化(例如,聚合)反應之後藉由加熱材料可重新形成的聚合物材料。熱塑性聚合物與熱固性聚合物形成對比,熱固性聚合物在初始固化反應之後不可重新形成。在進一步態樣中,聚合物材料 750可包含上文針對中間層論述的聚合物中之任一種。在進一步態樣中,聚合物材料 750可包括聚(乙烯醇縮丁醛) (PVB) (例如,聲學PVB (aPVB))、聚(氯乙烯) (PVC)、離子聚合物、聚(乙烯-共-醋酸乙烯酯) (EVA)、聚氨酯(例如,熱塑性聚氨酯(TPU))或它們的組合,且此等聚合物(或共混物)中之任一種可與(下文所論述之)塑化劑組合以形成聚合物材料 750。聚合物材料 750之示範性態樣包括EVA、塑化PVB及塑化PVC。 In an aspect, the polymers in polymer material 750 may include substantially linear polymers. As used herein, substantially linear polymers are substantially free of crosslinks, which are branch points connecting otherwise distinct polymer chains. As used herein, "thermoplastic material" means a polymer material that can be reformed by heating the material after an initial curing (e.g., polymerization) reaction. Thermoplastic polymers are in contrast to thermosetting polymers, which cannot be reformed after an initial curing reaction. In further aspects, polymer material 750 may include any of the polymers discussed above for the intermediate layer. In further aspects, polymer material 750 may include poly(vinyl butyral) (PVB) (e.g., acoustic PVB (aPVB)), poly(vinyl chloride) (PVC), ionomers, poly(ethylene-co-vinyl acetate) (EVA), polyurethanes (e.g., thermoplastic polyurethane (TPU)), or combinations thereof, and any of these polymers (or blends) may be combined with a plasticizer (discussed below) to form polymer material 750. Exemplary aspects of polymer material 750 include EVA, plasticized PVB, and plasticized PVC.

在本揭露中,使用數位掃描量熱法(digital scanning calorimetry,DSC)量測聚合物材料的玻璃轉變溫度(Tg)。在態樣中,聚合物材料 750(例如,包括任何塑化劑,若存在的話)的第二玻璃轉變溫度可為約85℃或更小、約80℃或更小、約75℃或更小或約70℃或更小。在態樣中,聚合物材料 750的第二玻璃轉變溫度可在約-120℃至約85℃、約40℃至約80℃、約50℃至約75℃、約60℃至約70℃或其間的任何範圍或子範圍的範圍內。提供具有低玻璃轉變溫度(例如,約85℃或更小)的聚合物材料可能夠達成聚合物材料輕鬆定位(例如,填充)於(一或多個)多孔無機層的複數個孔中。提供具有約40℃或更大的玻璃轉變溫度的聚合物材料可減少在玻璃製品的使用期間通常遇到的溫度範圍內聚合物材料之性質的變化。在態樣中,聚合物材料 750中的聚合物可係半結晶的,其熔化溫度為約100℃或更小、約90℃或更小、或約80℃。 In the present disclosure, the glass transition temperature (Tg) of the polymer material is measured using digital scanning calorimetry (DSC). In an aspect, the second glass transition temperature of the polymer material 750 (e.g., including any plasticizer, if present) may be about 85°C or less, about 80°C or less, about 75°C or less, or about 70°C or less. In an aspect, the second glass transition temperature of the polymer material 750 may be in the range of about -120°C to about 85°C, about 40°C to about 80°C, about 50°C to about 75°C, about 60°C to about 70°C, or any range or sub-range therebetween. Providing a polymer material with a low glass transition temperature (e.g., about 85°C or less) may enable the polymer material to be easily positioned (e.g., filled) in a plurality of pores of the (one or more) porous inorganic layer. Providing a polymer material having a glass transition temperature of about 40°C or greater can reduce changes in the properties of the polymer material over a temperature range typically encountered during use of a glass article. In one embodiment, the polymer in polymer material 750 can be semi-crystalline, having a melting temperature of about 100°C or less, about 90°C or less, or about 80°C.

在態樣中,聚合物材料 750除了聚合物之外亦可包含塑化劑,但聚合物材料可實質上不含塑化劑(例如,基本上由聚合物組成)。如本文所用,「塑化劑」指代相對於單獨的聚合物降低所得聚合物材料的玻璃轉變溫度的與聚合物組合的材料。在進一步態樣中,塑化劑可包含魚油、蓖麻油、四甘醇二正庚酸酯、三甘醇二(2-乙基己酸酯)、癸二酸酯(例如,癸二酸二丁酯)、己二酸酯(例如,己二酸二己酯、己二酸二辛酯、己二酸己基環己酯)、鄰苯二甲酸酯、偏苯三酸酯、有機磷酸酯。塑化劑之示範性態樣包括魚油及蓖麻油。 In an aspect, polymer material 750 may include a plasticizer in addition to the polymer, but the polymer material may be substantially free of plasticizer (e.g., consisting essentially of a polymer). As used herein, "plasticizer" refers to a material combined with a polymer that reduces the glass transition temperature of the resulting polymer material relative to a single polymer. In a further aspect, the plasticizer may include fish oil, castor oil, tetraethylene glycol di-n-heptanoate, triethylene glycol di-(2-ethylhexanoate), sebacate (e.g., dibutyl sebacate), adipate (e.g., dihexyl adipate, dioctyl adipate, hexylcyclohexyl adipate), phthalate, trimellitate, organic phosphate. Exemplary aspects of plasticizers include fish oil and castor oil.

在進一步態樣中,佔聚合物材料的重量%,聚合物材料 750可包含的塑化劑的量為約20重量%或更大、約25重量%或更大、約30重量%或更大、約35重量%或更大、約60重量%或更小、約55重量%或更小、約50重量%或更小、約45重量%、或約40重量%或更小。在進一步態樣中,佔聚合物材料的重量%,聚合物材料 750可包含的塑化劑的量為約20重量%至約60重量%、約20重量%至約55重量%、約25重量%至約50重量%、約30重量%至約45重量%、約35重量%至約40重量%或其間的任何範圍或子範圍。在進一步態樣中,塑化劑可相對於單獨的聚合物的玻璃轉變溫度將聚合物材料 750中的聚合物的第二玻璃轉變溫度降低約10℃或更大、約15℃或更大、約18℃或更大、約20℃或更大、約40℃或更小、約30℃或更小、約25℃或更小或約23℃或更小。在進一步態樣中,塑化劑可相對於單獨的聚合物的玻璃轉變溫度將聚合物材料 750中的聚合物的第二玻璃轉變溫度降低約10℃至約40℃、約15℃至約30℃、約18℃至約25℃、約20℃至約23℃或其間的任何子範圍的範圍。塑化劑含量(例如,聚合物材料 750或中間層之一層或一部分的塑化劑含量)可使用光譜法(例如,紅外線(infrared,IR)光譜法)來判定。例如,塑化劑可產生辨別性吸收帶(例如,與上文論述的聚合物相比),且吸收的強度可與塑化劑的濃度相關。在態樣中,聚合物材料 750的折射率與第一玻璃基板 200或第二玻璃基板 220的折射率之間的差值的絕對值可為約0.10或更小、約0.05或更小、約0.04或更小、約0.03或更小、約0.02或更小或約0.01或更小。 In further aspects, the polymer material 750 may include a plasticizer in an amount of about 20% by weight or more, about 25% by weight or more, about 30% by weight or more, about 35% by weight or more, about 60% by weight or less, about 55% by weight or less, about 50% by weight or less, about 45% by weight, or about 40% by weight or less, based on the weight of the polymer material. In further aspects, the polymer material 750 may include a plasticizer in an amount of about 20% to about 60% by weight, about 20% to about 55% by weight, about 25% to about 50% by weight, about 30% to about 45% by weight, about 35% to about 40% by weight, or any range or sub-range therebetween, based on the weight of the polymer material. In a further aspect, the plasticizer can reduce the second glass transition temperature of the polymer in the polymer material 750 relative to the glass transition temperature of the individual polymer by about 10°C or more, about 15°C or more, about 18°C or more, about 20°C or more, about 40°C or less, about 30°C or less, about 25°C or less, or about 23°C or less. In a further aspect, the plasticizer can reduce the second glass transition temperature of the polymer in the polymer material 750 relative to the glass transition temperature of the individual polymer by a range of about 10°C to about 40°C, about 15°C to about 30°C, about 18°C to about 25°C, about 20°C to about 23°C, or any sub-range therebetween. The plasticizer content (e.g., the plasticizer content of a layer or portion of the polymer material 750 or the intermediate layer) can be determined using spectroscopy (e.g., infrared (IR) spectroscopy). For example, the plasticizer can produce a distinctive absorption band (e.g., compared to the polymer discussed above), and the intensity of the absorption can be related to the concentration of the plasticizer. In an embodiment, the absolute value of the difference between the refractive index of the polymer material 750 and the refractive index of the first glass substrate 200 or the second glass substrate 220 can be about 0.10 or less, about 0.05 or less, about 0.04 or less, about 0.03 or less, about 0.02 or less, or about 0.01 or less.

在態樣中,聚合物材料 750可包含黏合促進劑、紫外線(UV)吸收劑、抗氧化劑或它們的組合。在進一步態樣中,黏合促進劑、UV吸收劑及/或抗氧化劑可對聚合物材料 750的玻璃轉變溫度實質上沒有影響(例如,約1℃或更小、0℃)。在進一步態樣中,黏合促進劑、紫外線(UV)吸收劑及/或抗氧化劑的重量可為約0.01重量%或更大、約0.1重量%或更大、約0.2重量%或更大、約2重量%或更小、約1重量%或更小、約0.5重量%或更小、約0.4重量%或更小或約0.3重量%或更小。在進一步態樣中,黏合促進劑、紫外線(UV)吸收劑及/或抗氧化劑的重量可在約0.01重量%至約2重量%、約0.1重量%至約1重量%、約0.1重量%至約0.5重量%、約0.2重量%至約0.3重量%或其間的任何範圍或子範圍的範圍內。黏合促進劑可增加聚合物材料 750與(一或多個)多孔無機層 240 250、第一玻璃基板 200、第二玻璃基板 220及/或中間層 230 430之間的黏合力。黏合促進劑之示範性態樣包括矽烷偶合劑,例如,胺官能化矽烷或環氧官能化矽烷。UV吸收劑增加對約200 nm至約380 nm的一或多個光學波長的吸收。UV吸收劑之示範性態樣包括可購自BASF的TINUVIN及CHIMASSORB產品線,包括苯并三唑、三嗪及受阻胺光穩定劑。抗氧化劑可包含基於酚類的化合物或基於亞磷酸酯的化合物。可用的包含基於酚類的化合物的抗氧化劑之示範性態樣包括季戊四醇四(3-(3,5-二叔丁基-4-羥基苯基)丙酸酯(例如,Irganox 1010 (BASF))、硫代二乙烯雙[3-(3,5-二叔丁基-4-羥基-苯基)]丙酸酯(例如,Irganox 1035 (BASF))、十八烷基-3-(3,5-二叔丁基-4-羥基苯基)丙酸酯(例如,Irganox 1076 (BASF))、苯丙酸(例如,Irganox 1135 (BASF))、3,3',3',5,5',5'-六叔丁基-a,a',a'-(均三甲苯-2,4,6-三基)三-對甲酚(例如,Irganox 1330 (BASF))、(1,1-二叔丁基)-4-羥苯基)甲基)乙基膦酸酯(例如,Irganox 1425 (BASF))、4,6-雙[辛基硫甲基]-鄰甲酚(例如,Irganox 1520 (BASF))、1,3,5-三[3,5-二叔丁基-4-羥基苄基)-1,3,5-三嗪-2,4,5(1H,3H,5H)-三酮(例如,Irganox 3114 (BASF))、2,6-二叔丁基-4-(4,6-雙(辛硫醇)-1,3,5-三嗪-2-基氨基)苯酚(例如,Irganox 565 (BASF))及2',3-雙[3-(3,5-二叔丁基-4-羥基苯基)丙醯基]丙醯肼(例如,Irganox MD-1024 (BASF))。包含基於亞磷酸酯的化合物的抗氧化劑之示範性態樣包括2,2',2''-硝基(三乙基-三[3,3',5,5'-叔-叔丁基-1,1'-聯苯-2,2'-二基])磷酯(例如,Irgafos 12 BASF)、雙[2,4,-二叔丁基苯酚]季戊硫醇二磷酸酯(例如,Irgafos 126 (BASF)、三[2,4-二叔丁基苯基]亞磷酸酯(例如,Irgafos 168 (BASF))、雙[2,4-二叔丁基-6-甲基苯基]-乙基-亞磷酸酯(例如,Irgafos 38 (BASF))、亞磷酸三壬基苯基酯(例如,Weston 399 (Addivant))、3,9-雙(十八烷氧基)-2,4,8,10-四氧雜-3,9-二磷雜螺十一烷(例如,Weston 618 (Addivant))、[1,3,2-二氧雜膦烷,5-丁基-5-乙基-2-(2,4,6-三[1,1-二甲基乙基]苯氧基)-1,3,2-二氧雜膦烷] (例如,Ultranox 641 (SI Group))、2,2'-亞乙基-雙[4,6,-二叔丁基苯基]氟磷酸酯(例如,Ethenox 398 (SI Group))及2,2'-亞甲基-雙[4,6-二叔丁基苯基]-2-乙基己基亞磷酸酯(例如,ADK STAB HP-10 (Adeka))。 In an embodiment, the polymer material 750 may include an adhesion promoter, an ultraviolet (UV) absorber, an antioxidant, or a combination thereof. In a further embodiment, the adhesion promoter, UV absorber, and/or antioxidant may have substantially no effect on the glass transition temperature of the polymer material 750 (e.g., about 1° C. or less, 0° C.). In a further embodiment, the weight of the adhesion promoter, ultraviolet (UV) absorber, and/or antioxidant may be about 0.01 wt % or more, about 0.1 wt % or more, about 0.2 wt % or more, about 2 wt % or less, about 1 wt % or less, about 0.5 wt % or less, about 0.4 wt % or less, or about 0.3 wt % or less. In further aspects, the weight of the adhesion promoter, UV absorber and/or antioxidant can be in the range of about 0.01 wt % to about 2 wt %, about 0.1 wt % to about 1 wt %, about 0.1 wt % to about 0.5 wt %, about 0.2 wt % to about 0.3 wt %, or any range or sub-range therebetween. The adhesion promoter can increase the adhesion between the polymer material 750 and the (one or more) porous inorganic layer 240 or 250 , the first glass substrate 200 , the second glass substrate 220 and/or the intermediate layer 230 or 430. Exemplary aspects of the adhesion promoter include silane coupling agents, such as amine functionalized silanes or epoxy functionalized silanes. UV absorbers increase absorption of one or more optical wavelengths from about 200 nm to about 380 nm. Exemplary aspects of UV absorbers include the TINUVIN and CHIMASSORB product lines available from BASF, including benzotriazole, triazine and hindered amine light stabilizers. Antioxidants may include phenolic-based compounds or phosphite-based compounds. Exemplary aspects of useful antioxidants comprising phenolic compounds include pentaerythritol tetrakis(3-(3,5-di-tert-butyl-4-hydroxyphenyl)propionate (e.g., Irganox 1010 (BASF)), thiodiethylenebis[3-(3,5-di-tert-butyl-4-hydroxy-phenyl)]propionate (e.g., Irganox 1035 (BASF)), octadecyl-3-(3,5-di-tert-butyl-4-hydroxyphenyl)propionate (e.g., Irganox 1076 (BASF)), phenylpropionic acid (e.g., Irganox 1135 (BASF)), 3,3',3',5,5',5'-hexa-tert-butyl-a,a',a'-(mesitylene-2,4,6-triyl)tri-p-cresol (e.g., Irganox 1330 (BASF)), and 1,1'-di-(1,1'-di-tert-butyl)tri-p-cresol. (BASF)), (1,1-di-tert-butyl)-4-hydroxyphenyl)methyl)ethylphosphonate (e.g., Irganox 1425 (BASF)), 4,6-bis[octylthiomethyl]-o-cresol (e.g., Irganox 1520 (BASF)), 1,3,5-tris[3,5-di-tert-butyl-4-hydroxybenzyl)-1,3,5-triazine-2,4,5(1H,3H,5H)-trione (e.g., Irganox 3114 (BASF)), 2,6-di-tert-butyl-4-(4,6-bis(octanethiol)-1,3,5-triazin-2-ylamino)phenol (e.g., Irganox 565 (BASF)) and 2',3-bis[3-(3,5-di-tert-butyl-4-hydroxyphenyl)propionyl]propionylhydrazine (e.g., Irganox MD-1024 (BASF)). Exemplary aspects of antioxidants comprising phosphite-based compounds include 2,2',2''-nitro(triethyl-tris[3,3',5,5'-tert-tert-butyl-1,1'-biphenyl-2,2'-diyl])phosphite (e.g., Irgafos 12 BASF), bis[2,4,-di-tert-butylphenol]pentaerythritol diphosphate (e.g., Irgafos 126 (BASF), tris[2,4-di-tert-butylphenyl]phosphite (e.g., Irgafos 168 (BASF)), bis[2,4-di-tert-butyl-6-methylphenyl]-ethyl-phosphite (e.g., Irgafos 38 (BASF)), trisnonylphenyl phosphite (e.g., Weston 399 (Addivant)), 3,9-bis(octadecyloxy)-2,4,8,10-tetraoxa-3,9-diphosphaspiroundecane (e.g., Weston 618 (Addivant)), [1,3,2-dioxaphosphane, 5-butyl-5-ethyl-2-(2,4,6-tris[1,1-dimethylethyl]phenoxy)-1,3,2-dioxaphosphane] (e.g., Ultranox 641 (SI Group)), 2,2'-ethylene-bis[4,6,-di-tert-butylphenyl]fluorophosphate (e.g., Ethenox 398 (SI Group)), and 2,2'-methylene-bis[4,6-di-tert-butylphenyl]-2-ethylhexylphosphite (e.g., ADK STAB HP-10 (Adeka)).

如上文所論述,中間層 230 430 630 1430將第一玻璃基板 200之第二主表面 204黏附至第二玻璃基板 220之第三主表面 222。在態樣中,如 2 圖至第 5 所展示,(一或多個)中間層 230 430可包含聚合物材料之單個層,其第一接觸表面 232 432接觸第二主表面 204且第二接觸表面 234 434接觸第三主表面 222。在進一步態樣中,如 2 所展示,中間層 230可包含實質上均質的材料層。替代地,在進一步態樣中,如 4 圖至第 5 所展示,中間層可係非均勻的(例如,異質的),其第一部分 431a / 431b及第二部分 433具有不同的組成物。在更進一步態樣中,塑化劑的濃度在此等部分之間可不同,例如,其中第一部分中塑化劑的濃度大於第二部分中塑化劑的濃度。在更進一步態樣中,第一部分中的聚合物可不同於第二部分中的聚合物。在更進一步態樣中,如參考數字 448a 448b 648a 648b / 658a 658b所指示,第一部分 431a 431b 641a 641b 651a / 651b與第二部分 433 643 / 654之間的邊界可與玻璃製品之第一部分 294a / 294b與第二部分 292之間的邊界重合,但在其他態樣中,中間層之第一部分 431a 431b 641a 641b 651a / 651b可延伸至玻璃製品之第二部分 292之一部分中。 As discussed above, the interlayer 230 , 430 , 630 , or 1430 adheres the second major surface 204 of the first glass substrate 200 to the third major surface 222 of the second glass substrate 220. In aspects, as shown in FIGS. 2-5 , the interlayer(s) 230 or 430 may include a single layer of a polymer material with a first contact surface 232 or 432 contacting the second major surface 204 and a second contact surface 234 or 434 contacting the third major surface 222. In further aspects, as shown in FIG . 2 , the interlayer 230 may include a substantially homogeneous layer of material. Alternatively, in further aspects, as shown in FIGS . 4-5 , the intermediate layer may be non-uniform (e.g., heterogeneous), with the first portion 431a and / or 431b and the second portion 433 having different compositions. In further aspects, the concentration of the plasticizer may differ between the portions, for example, where the concentration of the plasticizer in the first portion is greater than the concentration of the plasticizer in the second portion. In further aspects, the polymer in the first portion may be different from the polymer in the second portion. In further embodiments, as indicated by reference numerals 448a and 448b , 648a and 648b , and / or 658a and 658b , the boundary between the first portion 431a , 431b , 641a , 641b , 651a and / or 651b and the second portion 433 , 643 and / or 654 may coincide with the boundary between the first portion 294a and / or 294b and the second portion 292 of the glass article, but in other embodiments, the first portion 431a , 431b , 641a , 641b , 651a and / or 651b of the intermediate layer may extend into a portion of the second portion 292 of the glass article.

替代地,在進一步態樣中,如 6 所展示,中間層 630可包含第一中間層 640、第二中間層 650及定位於其間的附加聚合物層 660。在更進一步態樣中,第一中間層 640包含可接觸第一玻璃基板 200之第二主表面 204的第一接觸表面 642及與第一接觸表面 642相反的第二接觸表面 644,其中該第一接觸表面與該第二接觸表面之間界定有第一中間層厚度 646。在更進一步態樣中,第二中間層 650包含可接觸第二玻璃基板 220之第三主表面 222的第四接觸表面 654及與第四接觸表面 654相反的第三接觸表面 652,其中該第四接觸表面與該第三接觸表面之間界定有第二中間層厚度 656。如上文所論述,第一中間層 640及/或第二中間層 650可係非均勻的,例如,其中第一部分 641a 641b 651a / 651b與第二部分 643 / 653之間的邊界由參考數字 648a 648b 658a / 658b指示。在更進一步態樣中,附加聚合物層 660可包含接觸第一中間層 640之第二接觸表面 644的第五接觸表面 662及與第五接觸表面 662相反的第六接觸表面 664,其中第六接觸表面可接觸第二中間層 650之第三接觸表面 652。應理解,第一多孔無機層及/或第二多孔無機層可包括另一部分(例如,參見 14 中的另一部分 1470),該另一部分與電子裝置 661之覆蓋區對準及/或覆蓋該電子裝置之覆蓋區(如下文所描述)。 Alternatively, in a further aspect, as shown in FIG . 6 , the intermediate layer 630 may include a first intermediate layer 640 , a second intermediate layer 650 , and an additional polymer layer 660 positioned therebetween. In a further aspect, the first intermediate layer 640 includes a first contact surface 642 that can contact the second major surface 204 of the first glass substrate 200 and a second contact surface 644 opposite to the first contact surface 642 , wherein a first intermediate layer thickness 646 is defined between the first contact surface and the second contact surface. In a further aspect, the second intermediate layer 650 includes a fourth contact surface 654 that can contact the third major surface 222 of the second glass substrate 220 and a third contact surface 652 opposite to the fourth contact surface 654 , wherein the fourth contact surface and the third contact surface define a second intermediate layer thickness 656 therebetween. As discussed above, the first intermediate layer 640 and/or the second intermediate layer 650 can be non-uniform, for example, wherein the boundaries between the first portions 641a , 641b , 651a , and / or 651b and the second portions 643 and / or 653 are indicated by reference numerals 648a , 648b , 658a , and / or 658b . In a further aspect, the additional polymer layer 660 may include a fifth contact surface 662 contacting the second contact surface 644 of the first intermediate layer 640 and a sixth contact surface 664 opposite to the fifth contact surface 662 , wherein the sixth contact surface may contact the third contact surface 652 of the second intermediate layer 650. It should be understood that the first porous inorganic layer and/or the second porous inorganic layer may include another portion (e.g., see another portion 1470 in FIG . 14 ) that is aligned with and/or covers the covering area of the electronic device 661 (as described below).

替代地,在進一步態樣中,如 14 所展示,中間層 1403可包含第一中間層 1433及附加聚合物層 1460。在更進一步態樣中,第一中間層 1433包含可接觸第一玻璃基板 200之第二主表面 204的第一接觸表面 1432及與第一接觸表面 1432相反的第二接觸表面 1434,其中該第一接觸表面與該第二接觸表面之間界定有第一中間層厚度 236。在更進一步態樣中,附加聚合物層 1460包含可接觸第一玻璃基板 200之第二主表面 204的第三接觸表面 1462及與第三接觸表面 1462相反的第四接觸表面 1464。在更進一步態樣中,第一中間層 1433之第一接觸表面 1432可接觸附加聚合物層 1460之第四接觸表面 1464。在更進一步態樣中,電子裝置 1401可設置於第一玻璃基板 200之第二主表面 204上及/或接觸該第一玻璃基板之該第二主表面,及/或電子裝置 1401可接觸第二主表面 204且在其他側上由附加聚合物層 1460之第三接觸表面 1462包圍。在再進一步態樣中,電子裝置 1401可藉由附加聚合物層 1460與第一中間層 1433分離。在更進一步態樣中,第一多孔無機層 240可包含可在第一基板厚度 206之方向上與電子裝置 1401對準的附加部分 1470。另外,附加部分 1470可覆蓋電子裝置 1401之覆蓋區。如本文所用,若第二部分在第一基板厚度之方向上至包括第一部分的平面上的投影完全在第一部分的區域內(例如,第二部分的覆蓋區可與第一部分重合),則第一部分覆蓋第二部分之覆蓋區。提供覆蓋電子裝置的附加部分 1470可在自一側觀看玻璃製品時遮蔽電子裝置,同時能夠達成電子裝置發揮作用(例如,觀看與第一側相反的第二側),這可向觀看者提供美學益處。因此,玻璃製品 1400可包含第一部分之另一部分 294c,該另一部分可在至少兩側上由第二部分 292包圍,而第二部分 292可在至少兩側上由第一部分 294a 294b包圍。應理解,電子裝置可設置於第二玻璃基板之第三主表面上,其中第二多孔無機層之另一部分覆蓋電子裝置之覆蓋區。雖然 14 描繪其中電子裝置 1401經定位成與第一玻璃基板 200接觸的情況,亦設想了其中電子裝置 1401經定位成與第二玻璃基板 220接觸且附加聚合物層 1460與電子裝置 1401接觸的態樣。在此類態樣中,第二多孔無機層 250可包括覆蓋電子裝置 1401的附加部分,且此種附加部分可與附加聚合物層 1460重疊(或接觸、或包括該第二多孔無機層的孔中的聚合物材料 750且與該附加聚合物層接觸)。設想了其中複數個電子裝置經設置成與第一玻璃基板 200及/或第二玻璃基板 220中之一者直接接觸的態樣。附加聚合物層 1460可包括其中封裝有此種電子裝置的複數個部分。例如,在態樣中,複數個電子裝置經設置成與第二玻璃基板 220接觸,且附加聚合物層 1460可設置於此類電子裝置與第一玻璃基板 200之間。在此類情況下,第二多孔無機層 250可與各電子裝置重疊。另外,本文描述的聚合物材料 750可在與附加聚合物層 1460重疊的區域中結合至第二多孔無機層 250的孔中以促進玻璃製品具有均勻外觀。在態樣中,附加聚合物層 1460延伸電子裝置 1401與第二多孔無機層 250之間的整個距離(且可接觸聚合物材料 750,例如,附加聚合物層 1460可構成中間層 1430之一部分)。 Alternatively, in a further aspect, as shown in FIG . 14 , the intermediate layer 1403 may include a first intermediate layer 1433 and an additional polymer layer 1460. In a further aspect, the first intermediate layer 1433 includes a first contact surface 1432 that can contact the second major surface 204 of the first glass substrate 200 and a second contact surface 1434 opposite to the first contact surface 1432 , wherein a first intermediate layer thickness 236 is defined between the first contact surface and the second contact surface. In a further aspect, the additional polymer layer 1460 includes a third contact surface 1462 that can contact the second major surface 204 of the first glass substrate 200 and a fourth contact surface 1464 opposite to the third contact surface 1462 . In a further embodiment, the first contact surface 1432 of the first intermediate layer 1433 can contact the fourth contact surface 1464 of the additional polymer layer 1460. In a further embodiment, the electronic device 1401 can be disposed on the second major surface 204 of the first glass substrate 200 and/or contact the second major surface of the first glass substrate, and/or the electronic device 1401 can contact the second major surface 204 and be surrounded on other sides by the third contact surface 1462 of the additional polymer layer 1460. In a further embodiment, the electronic device 1401 can be separated from the first intermediate layer 1433 by the additional polymer layer 1460 . In a further aspect, the first porous inorganic layer 240 may include an additional portion 1470 that may be aligned with the electronic device 1401 in the direction of the first substrate thickness 206. In addition, the additional portion 1470 may cover the coverage area of the electronic device 1401. As used herein, a first portion covers the coverage area of a second portion if the projection of the second portion onto a plane including the first portion in the direction of the first substrate thickness is completely within the area of the first portion (e.g., the coverage area of the second portion may overlap with the first portion). Providing an additional portion 1470 covering the electronic device can shield the electronic device when the glass article is viewed from one side, while enabling the electronic device to function (e.g., viewing a second side opposite the first side), which can provide an aesthetic benefit to the viewer. Thus, the glass article 1400 may include another portion 294c of the first portion, which may be surrounded on at least two sides by the second portion 292 , and the second portion 292 may be surrounded on at least two sides by the first portions 294a and 294b . It should be understood that the electronic device may be disposed on the third major surface of the second glass substrate, wherein another portion of the second porous inorganic layer covers the covering area of the electronic device. Although FIG. 14 depicts a situation in which the electronic device 1401 is positioned to contact the first glass substrate 200 , it is also contemplated that the electronic device 1401 is positioned to contact the second glass substrate 220 and the additional polymer layer 1460 is in contact with the electronic device 1401 . In such aspects, the second porous inorganic layer 250 may include an additional portion covering the electronic device 1401 , and such additional portion may overlap with (or contact, or include the polymer material 750 in the pores of the second porous inorganic layer and contact the additional polymer layer) the additional polymer layer 1460. Aspects are contemplated in which a plurality of electronic devices are disposed in direct contact with one of the first glass substrate 200 and/or the second glass substrate 220. The additional polymer layer 1460 may include a plurality of portions in which such electronic devices are encapsulated. For example, in aspects, a plurality of electronic devices are disposed in contact with the second glass substrate 220 , and the additional polymer layer 1460 may be disposed between such electronic devices and the first glass substrate 200 . In such cases, the second porous inorganic layer 250 may overlap with each electronic device. In addition, the polymer material 750 described herein may be bonded to the pores of the second porous inorganic layer 250 in the area overlapping with the additional polymer layer 1460 to promote a uniform appearance of the glass article. In an embodiment, the additional polymer layer 1460 extends the entire distance between the electronic device 1401 and the second porous inorganic layer 250 (and may contact the polymer material 750 , for example, the additional polymer layer 1460 may constitute a portion of the intermediate layer 1430 ).

在態樣中,中間層 230 430(例如,第一部分 431a 431b) 630(例如,第一中間層 640、第二中間層 650) 、或 1430(例如,第一中間層 1433)可包含上文針對聚合物材料 750論述的聚合物中的任一種。在進一步態樣中,中間層 230 430(例如,第一部分 431a 431b) 630(例如,第一中間層 640、第二中間層 650) 、或 1430(例如,第一中間層 1433)中的聚合物可與聚合物材料 750中的聚合物相同,但在進一步態樣中,中間層中的聚合物可不同於聚合物材料中的聚合物。用於中間層的聚合物之示範性態樣係PVB。在進一步態樣中,中間層 230 430(例如,第一部分 431a 431b) 630(例如,第一中間層 640、第二中間層 650) 、或 1430(例如,第一中間層 1433)可包含塑化劑,例如上文針對聚合物材料 750論述的塑化劑中的任一種。然而,在進一步態樣中,聚合物材料 750中塑化劑的濃度可大於中間層 230 430(例如,第一部分 431a 431b) 630(例如,第一中間層 640、第二中間層 650、附加聚合物層 660) 、或 1430(例如,第一中間層 1433、附加聚合物層 1460)中塑化劑的濃度。在更進一步態樣中,如 4 圖至第 5 所展示,中間層 430之第二部分 433相比中間層 430之第一部分 431a / 431b可包含更低濃度的塑化劑,且中間層 430之第一部分 431a / 431b相比聚合物材料 750(參見 7 ) (例如,定位於第一多孔無機層 240及/或第二多孔無機層 250的複數個孔中)可包含更低濃度的塑化劑。在再進一步態樣中,中間層 430之第二部分 433,中間層 630之附加聚合物層 660及/或中間層 1430之附加聚合物層 1460可實質上不含塑化劑。在進一步態樣中,中間層 230 430(例如,第一部分 431a 431b) 630(例如,第一中間層 640、第二中間層 650、附加聚合物層 660) 、或 1430(例如,第一中間層 1433、附加聚合物層 1460)的第一Tg可比聚合物材料 750的第二Tg大約10℃或更大、約15℃或更大、約18℃或更大、約20℃或更大、約40℃或更小、約30℃或更小、約25℃或更小或約23℃或更小。在進一步態樣中,中間層 230 430(例如,第一部分 431a 431b) 630(例如,第一中間層 640、第二中間層 650、附加聚合物層 660) 、或 1430(例如,第一中間層 1433、附加聚合物層 1460)的第一Tg可比聚合物材料 750的第二Tg大約10℃至約40℃、約15℃至約30℃、約18℃至約25℃、約20℃至約23℃或其間的子範圍的任何範圍。應理解,中間層之一部分可包含比聚合物材料的第二Tg大的第一Tg。例如,中間層 430(參見 4 圖至第 5 )之第二部分 433、中間層 630(參見 6 )之附加聚合物層 660及/或中間層 1430(參見 14 )之附加聚合物層 1460可包含比聚合物材料 750(參見 7 )的第二Tg大本段上文論述的範圍中之一或多個範圍的第一Tg,而中間層 430 630 1430之其餘部分不必具有比第二Tg大的Tg。 In an embodiment, the intermediate layer 230 , 430 (e.g., first portion 431a or 431b ) , 630 (e.g., first intermediate layer 640 , second intermediate layer 650 ) , or 1430 (e.g., first intermediate layer 1433 ) may include any of the polymers discussed above with respect to the polymer material 750. In a further embodiment, the polymer in the intermediate layer 230 , 430 (e.g., first portion 431a or 431b ) , 630 (e.g., first intermediate layer 640 , second intermediate layer 650 ) , or 1430 (e.g., first intermediate layer 1433 ) may be the same as the polymer in the polymer material 750 , but in a further embodiment, the polymer in the intermediate layer may be different from the polymer in the polymer material. An exemplary embodiment of the polymer used for the intermediate layer is PVB. In a further embodiment, the intermediate layer 230 , 430 (e.g., first portion 431a or 431b ) , 630 (e.g., first intermediate layer 640 , second intermediate layer 650 ) , or 1430 (e.g., first intermediate layer 1433 ) may include a plasticizer, such as any of the plasticizers discussed above for polymer material 750 . However, in a further embodiment, the concentration of the plasticizer in the polymer material 750 may be greater than the concentration of the plasticizer in the intermediate layer 230 , 430 (e.g., the first portion 431a or 431b ) , 630 (e.g., the first intermediate layer 640 , the second intermediate layer 650 , the additional polymer layer 660 ) , or 1430 (e.g., the first intermediate layer 1433 , the additional polymer layer 1460 ). In further aspects, as shown in Figures 4 to 5 , the second portion 433 of the intermediate layer 430 may include a lower concentration of plasticizer than the first portion 431a and / or 431b of the intermediate layer 430 , and the first portion 431a and / or 431b of the intermediate layer 430 may include a lower concentration of plasticizer than the polymer material 750 (see Figure 7 ) (e.g., located in a plurality of pores of the first porous inorganic layer 240 and/or the second porous inorganic layer 250 ). In still further aspects, the second portion 433 of the intermediate layer 430 , the additional polymer layer 660 of the intermediate layer 630 , and/or the additional polymer layer 1460 of the intermediate layer 1430 may be substantially free of plasticizer. In a further embodiment, the first Tg of the intermediate layer 230 , 430 (e.g., the first portion 431a or 431b ) , 630 (e.g., the first intermediate layer 640 , the second intermediate layer 650 , the additional polymer layer 660 ) , or 1430 (e.g., the first intermediate layer 1433 , the additional polymer layer 1460 ) may be approximately 10°C or greater, approximately 15°C or greater, approximately 18°C or greater, approximately 20°C or greater, approximately 40°C or less, approximately 30°C or less, approximately 25°C or less, or approximately 23°C or less than the second Tg of the polymer material 750. In further aspects, the first Tg of the intermediate layer 230 , 430 (e.g., first portion 431a or 431b ) , 630 (e.g., first intermediate layer 640 , second intermediate layer 650 , additional polymer layer 660 ) , or 1430 (e.g., first intermediate layer 1433 , additional polymer layer 1460 ) may be about 10°C to about 40 °C, about 15°C to about 30°C, about 18°C to about 25°C, about 20°C to about 23°C, or any range of sub-ranges therebetween, greater than the second Tg of the polymer material 750. It should be understood that a portion of the intermediate layer may include a first Tg greater than the second Tg of the polymer material. For example, the second portion 433 of the intermediate layer 430 (see Figures 4 to 5 ), the additional polymer layer 660 of the intermediate layer 630 (see Figure 6 ), and/or the additional polymer layer 1460 of the intermediate layer 1430 (see Figure 14 ) may include a first Tg that is greater than the second Tg of the polymer material 750 (see Figure 7 ) by one or more of the ranges discussed above in this paragraph, while the remainder of the intermediate layer 430 , 630 or 1430 does not necessarily have a Tg greater than the second Tg.

在態樣中,如 7 所展示,聚合物材料 750之部分 770可包含聚合物厚度 776,該聚合物厚度不包括聚合物材料 750的定位於(一或多個)多孔無機層(例如,第二多孔無機層 250)的孔中的任何部分。雖然聚合物材料之部分 770 7 中展示為設置於第二多孔無機層 250上,但應理解,部分 770可另外地或替代地設置於玻璃基板之主表面(例如,第一玻璃基板 200之第二主表面 204、第二玻璃基板 220之第三主表面 222)上。在態樣中,聚合物厚度 776可為約30 μm或更小、約20 μm或更小、約15 μm或更小、約10 μm或更小、約1 μm或更大、約3 μm或更大、約5 μm或更大、約8 μm或更大或約10 μm或更大。在態樣中,聚合物厚度 776可在約1 μm至約30 μm、約3 μm至約20 μm、約5 μm至約15 μm、約8 μm至約10 μm或其間的任何範圍或子範圍的範圍內。在態樣中,如 2 圖、第 4 圖至第 6 圖或第 14 所展示,玻璃製品 130 400 500 600 1400之第二部分 292之至少一部分(例如,在至少兩側上由第一部分 294a 294b包圍)可不含聚合物材料 750。在態樣中,儘管未展示出,但聚合物材料之一部分可存在於玻璃製品之第二部分 292之不具有(一或多個)多孔無機層的至少一部分中。提供約30 μm或更小的聚合物厚度 776可降低玻璃製品之不具有(一或多個)多孔無機層的部分中聚合物材料的可見度,這可簡化製造,因為聚合物材料中的前驅物的輕微未對準或過度施加可能不需要自(一或多個)玻璃基板移除(例如,清除)。提供約1 μm或更大的聚合物厚度可提供足以使得聚合物材料亦可定位於多孔無機層的複數個孔中的聚合物材料。 In an aspect, as shown in FIG7 , portion 770 of polymer material 750 may include a polymer thickness 776 that does not include any portion of polymer material 750 that is positioned in a pore of a porous inorganic layer(s) (e.g., second porous inorganic layer 250 ). Although portion 770 of polymer material is shown in FIG7 as being disposed on second porous inorganic layer 250 , it should be understood that portion 770 may additionally or alternatively be disposed on a major surface of a glass substrate (e.g., second major surface 204 of first glass substrate 200 , third major surface 222 of second glass substrate 220 ). In aspects, the polymer thickness 776 can be about 30 μm or less, about 20 μm or less, about 15 μm or less, about 10 μm or less, about 1 μm or more, about 3 μm or more, about 5 μm or more, about 8 μm or more, or about 10 μm or more. In aspects, the polymer thickness 776 can be in a range of about 1 μm to about 30 μm, about 3 μm to about 20 μm, about 5 μm to about 15 μm, about 8 μm to about 10 μm, or any range or sub-range therebetween. In aspects, as shown in FIG . 2 , FIG . 4-6, or FIG . 14 , at least a portion of the second portion 292 of the glass article 130 , 400 , 500 , 600 , or 1400 (e.g., surrounded on at least two sides by the first portion 294a or 294b ) can be free of the polymer material 750 . In an embodiment, although not shown, a portion of the polymer material may be present in at least a portion of the second portion 292 of the glass article that does not have the porous inorganic layer(s). Providing a polymer thickness 776 of about 30 μm or less can reduce the visibility of the polymer material in the portion of the glass article that does not have the porous inorganic layer(s), which can simplify manufacturing because slight misalignment or over-application of the precursor in the polymer material may not need to be removed (e.g., cleaned) from the glass substrate(s). Providing a polymer thickness of about 1 μm or more can provide sufficient polymer material so that the polymer material can also be positioned in a plurality of pores of the porous inorganic layer.

在態樣中,中間層 230 430(例如,第一部分 431a 431b) 630(例如,第一中間層 640、第二中間層 650、附加聚合物層 660) 、或 1430(例如,第一中間層 1433、附加聚合物層 1460)包含熱塑性聚合物。在進一步態樣中,中間層可包含上文針對聚合物材料 750論述的聚合物中之任一種。在態樣中,中間層 230 430(例如,第一部分 431a 431b) 630(例如,第一中間層 640、第二中間層 650、附加聚合物層 660) 、或 1430(例如,第一中間層 1433、附加聚合物層 1460)可包含聚合物,諸如聚乙烯醇縮丁醛(PVB) (例如,聲學PVB (aPVB))、離子聚合物、乙烯-醋酸乙烯酯(EVA)及熱塑性聚氨酯(TPU)、聚酯(PE)、聚對苯二甲酸乙二酯(PET)或類似者中之至少一種。中間層厚度 236 646 656可為約0.5 mm或更大、約0.7 mm或更大、約2.5 mm或更小、約1.5 mm或更小,例如,在約0.5 mm至約2.5 mm、約0.7 mm至約1.5 mm的範圍內。在進一步態樣中,如 4 圖至第 6 圖及第 14 所展示,(一或多個)中間層 430 630 1430可包含提供各種功能性的多個聚合物層或膜。例如,如 5 圖至第 6 圖及第 14 所展示,接線或電子裝置 501 661 1401可定位於第一玻璃基板 200與第二玻璃基板 220之間。在進一步態樣中,如 6 所展示,附加聚合物層 660可定位於第一中間層 640與第二中間層 650之間;接線或電子裝置 661可定位於第一中間層 640與第二中間層 650之間。例如,接線或電子裝置 661可定位於附加聚合物層 660內。在進一步態樣中,如 14 所展示,電子裝置 1401可設置於第一玻璃基板 200之第二主表面 204上及/或接觸該第一玻璃基板之該第二主表面,及/或電子裝置 1401可接觸第二主表面 404且在其他側上由附加聚合物層 1460之第三接觸表面 1462包圍。例如,電子裝置 1401可藉由附加聚合物層 1460與第一中間層 1433分離。提供中間層之不具有(或相對於聚合物材料 750減少量的)塑化劑的至少一部分(例如,第二部分 433、附加聚合物層 660、附加聚合物層 1460)可減少可定位於其中的接線或電子裝置 501 661 1401損壞(例如,腐蝕)的發生率。另外,提供玻璃製品之第二部分 292中的中間層之不具有(或相對於聚合物材料 750減少量的)塑化劑的至少該部分可減少光學失真及/或霧度,光學失真及/或霧度可能干擾定位於中間層(例如,電子裝置 501 661 1401)內或經組配以透過玻璃製品之第二部分 292觀看物件的光學裝置(例如,攝影機) (例如,定位於汽車內部的經組配以觀看汽車外部的周圍環境的攝影機)的操作。 In an embodiment, the intermediate layer 230 , 430 (e.g., first portion 431a or 431b ) , 630 (e.g., first intermediate layer 640 , second intermediate layer 650 , additional polymer layer 660 ) , or 1430 (e.g., first intermediate layer 1433 , additional polymer layer 1460 ) comprises a thermoplastic polymer. In a further embodiment, the intermediate layer may comprise any of the polymers discussed above with respect to polymer material 750 . In an embodiment, the intermediate layer 230 , 430 (e.g., the first portion 431a or 431b ) , 630 (e.g., the first intermediate layer 640 , the second intermediate layer 650 , the additional polymer layer 660 ) , or 1430 (e.g., the first intermediate layer 1433 , the additional polymer layer 1460 ) may include a polymer such as polyvinyl butyral (PVB) (e.g., acoustic PVB (aPVB)), an ionomer, ethylene vinyl acetate (EVA) and at least one of thermoplastic polyurethane (TPU), polyester (PE), polyethylene terephthalate (PET), or the like. The thickness of the intermediate layer 236 , 646 or 656 can be about 0.5 mm or more, about 0.7 mm or more, about 2.5 mm or less, about 1.5 mm or less, for example, in the range of about 0.5 mm to about 2.5 mm, about 0.7 mm to about 1.5 mm. In further aspects, as shown in FIGS . 4 to 6 and 14 , the intermediate layer(s) 430 , 630 or 1430 can include multiple polymer layers or films that provide various functionalities. For example, as shown in FIGS. 5 to 6 and 14 , the wiring or electronic device 501 , 661 or 1401 can be positioned between the first glass substrate 200 and the second glass substrate 220 . In a further aspect, as shown in FIG . 6 , an additional polymer layer 660 may be positioned between the first intermediate layer 640 and the second intermediate layer 650 ; a wiring or electronic device 661 may be positioned between the first intermediate layer 640 and the second intermediate layer 650. For example, the wiring or electronic device 661 may be positioned within the additional polymer layer 660. In a further aspect, as shown in FIG . 14 , an electronic device 1401 may be disposed on and/or contact the second major surface 204 of the first glass substrate 200 , and/or the electronic device 1401 may contact the second major surface 404 and be surrounded on other sides by a third contact surface 1462 of the additional polymer layer 1460 . For example, the electronic device 1401 may be separated from the first intermediate layer 1433 by the additional polymer layer 1460. Providing at least a portion of the intermediate layer (e.g., the second portion 433 , the additional polymer layer 660 , the additional polymer layer 1460 ) without (or with a reduced amount relative to the polymer material 750 ) a plasticizer may reduce the incidence of damage (e.g., corrosion) to the wiring or electronic devices 501 , 661 , or 1401 that may be positioned therein. Additionally, providing at least that portion of the intermediate layer in the second portion 292 of the glass article without (or with a reduced amount of) plasticizer relative to the polymer material 750 can reduce optical distortion and/or haze that may interfere with the operation of an optical device (e.g., a camera) positioned within the intermediate layer (e.g., electronic device 501 , 661 , or 1401 ) or configured to view an object through the second portion 292 of the glass article (e.g., a camera positioned inside a vehicle configured to view the surrounding environment outside the vehicle).

替代地或另外地,(一或多個)中間層 230 430 630 1430可進一步結合日光絕緣、聲音阻尼、天線、防眩光處理或抗反射處理等中之至少一種。在態樣中,中間層 230 430(例如,第一部分 431a 431b) 630(例如,第一中間層 640、第二中間層 650) 、或 1430(例如,第一中間層 1433)經改質以提供紫外線(UV)吸收、紅外線(IR)吸收、IR反射、聲學控制/阻尼、黏合促進及著色。中間層 230 430(例如,第一部分 431a 431b) 630(例如,第一中間層 640、第二中間層 650) 、或 1430(例如,第一中間層 1433)可用諸如染料、顏料、摻雜劑等合適的添加劑進行改質以賦予預定性質。另外地或替代地,中間層 230 430(例如,第一部分 431a 431b) 630(例如,第一中間層 640、第二中間層 650) 、或 1430(例如,第一中間層 1433)可進一步包含黏合促進劑、UV吸收劑及/或抗氧化劑。在進一步態樣中,添加劑、黏合促進劑、UV吸收劑及/或抗氧化劑可對中間層 230 430(例如,第一部分 431a 431b) 630(例如,第一中間層 640、第二中間層 650) 、或 1430(例如,第一中間層 1433)的玻璃轉變溫度實質上沒有影響(例如,約1℃或更小、0℃)。 Alternatively or additionally, the (one or more) intermediate layers 230 , 430 , 630 or 1430 may further incorporate at least one of solar insulation, acoustic damping, antenna, anti-glare treatment or anti-reflection treatment, etc. In an embodiment, the intermediate layer 230 , 430 (e.g., first portion 431a or 431b ) , 630 (e.g., first intermediate layer 640 , second intermediate layer 650 ) , or 1430 (e.g., first intermediate layer 1433 ) is modified to provide ultraviolet (UV) absorption, infrared (IR) absorption, IR reflection, acoustic control/damping, adhesion promotion and coloring. The intermediate layer 230 , 430 (e.g., the first portion 431a or 431b ) , 630 (e.g., the first intermediate layer 640 , the second intermediate layer 650 ) , or 1430 (e.g., the first intermediate layer 1433 ) may be modified with suitable additives such as dyes, pigments, dopants, etc. to impart predetermined properties. Additionally or alternatively, the intermediate layer 230 , 430 (e.g., the first portion 431a or 431b ) , 630 (e.g., the first intermediate layer 640 , the second intermediate layer 650 ) , or 1430 (e.g., the first intermediate layer 1433 ) may further include an adhesion promoter, a UV absorber, and/or an antioxidant. In a further aspect, the additive, adhesion promoter, UV absorber and/or antioxidant may have substantially no effect (e.g., about 1°C or less, 0°C) on the glass transition temperature of the intermediate layer 230 , 430 (e.g., first portion 431a or 431b ) , 630 (e.g., first intermediate layer 640 , second intermediate layer 650 ) , or 1430 (e.g., first intermediate layer 1433 ).

雖然 2 圖、第 4 圖至第 6 圖及第 14 將玻璃製品 130 400 500 600 1400圖示說明為平坦結構(例如,其中第一玻璃基板 200及第二玻璃基板 220係平面的),但(一或多個)玻璃製品 130 400 500 600 1400可包含彎曲形狀。例如, 3 中展示的玻璃製品 300係彎曲的。在態樣中,玻璃製品 130表現出至少一個曲率,該至少一個曲率包含沿至少第一軸線在300 mm至約10米範圍內的曲率半徑。在態樣中,玻璃製品 130表現出至少一個曲率,該至少一個曲率包含沿橫向(例如,垂直)於第一軸線的第二軸線在300 mm至約10米範圍內的曲率半徑。如 3 所展示,第一玻璃基板 200之第二主表面 204具有定義為距第二主表面 204之平面(虛線)的最大深度的第一曲率深度 310。在其中第二玻璃基板 220係彎曲的態樣中,第二玻璃基板 220之第四主表面 224具有定義為距第四主表面 224之平面(虛線)的最大深度的第二曲率深度 320。在態樣中,第一曲率深度 310或第二曲率深度 320中之一者或二者為約2 mm或更大。曲率深度可定義為一表面與由該表面之周邊上的點界定的平面正交隔開的最大距離。例如,第一曲率深度 310或第二曲率深度 320中之一者或二者可在約2 mm至約30 mm的範圍內。在態樣中,第一曲率深度 310及第二曲率深度 320可實質上相等。在態樣中,第一曲率深度 310在第二曲率深度 320的10%或5%內。例如,當第二曲率深度 320為約15 mm時,第一曲率深度 310可在約13.5 mm至約16.5mm的範圍內(以在第二曲率深度 320的10%內)。 Although FIG . 2 , FIG . 4-6 , and FIG . 14 illustrate the glass article 130 , 400 , 500 , 600 , or 1400 as a flat structure (e.g., where the first glass substrate 200 and the second glass substrate 220 are planar), the glass article (one or more) 130 , 400 , 500 , 600 , or 1400 may include a curved shape. For example, the glass article 300 shown in FIG. 3 is curved. In an embodiment, the glass article 130 exhibits at least one curvature, and the at least one curvature includes a radius of curvature in the range of 300 mm to about 10 meters along at least a first axis. In an embodiment, the glass article 130 exhibits at least one curvature, the at least one curvature comprising a radius of curvature in a range of 300 mm to about 10 meters along a second axis transverse (e.g., perpendicular) to the first axis. As shown in FIG . 3 , the second major surface 204 of the first glass substrate 200 has a first depth of curvature 310 defined as a maximum depth from a plane (dashed line) of the second major surface 204. In an embodiment in which the second glass substrate 220 is curved, the fourth major surface 224 of the second glass substrate 220 has a second depth of curvature 320 defined as a maximum depth from a plane (dashed line) of the fourth major surface 224. In an embodiment, one or both of the first depth of curvature 310 or the second depth of curvature 320 is about 2 mm or greater. Depth of curvature can be defined as the maximum distance a surface is orthogonally separated from a plane defined by points on the perimeter of the surface. For example, one or both of the first depth of curvature 310 or the second depth of curvature 320 may be in the range of about 2 mm to about 30 mm. In an aspect, the first depth of curvature 310 and the second depth of curvature 320 may be substantially equal. In an aspect, the first depth of curvature 310 is within 10% or 5% of the second depth of curvature 320. For example, when the second depth of curvature 320 is about 15 mm, the first depth of curvature 310 may be in the range of about 13.5 mm to about 16.5 mm (to be within 10% of the second depth of curvature 320 ).

將參考 9 中的流程圖及 10 圖至第 13 中圖示說明的實例方法步驟論述根據本揭露之態樣之製作玻璃製品之方法的態樣。現將參考 10 圖至第 13 9 中的流程圖論述 1 圖至第 2 中圖示說明的製作玻璃製品 130的實例態樣。應理解,玻璃製品 300可如 3 那樣彎曲,且設想了對中間層的改變以生產如 4 圖至第 6 所展示的玻璃製品。 Aspects of methods of making glass articles according to aspects of the present disclosure will be discussed with reference to the flow chart in FIG . 9 and the example method steps illustrated in FIG . 10 to FIG . 13. Example aspects of making glass article 130 illustrated in FIG. 1 to FIG . 2 will now be discussed with reference to FIG. 10 to FIG . 13 and the flow chart in FIG . 9. It should be understood that glass article 300 can be curved as in FIG . 3 , and changes to the intermediate layer are contemplated to produce glass articles as shown in FIG . 4 to FIG . 6 .

在本揭露之方法之第一步驟 901中,方法可以提供第一玻璃基板 200及第二玻璃基板 220開始。在態樣中,第一玻璃基板 200及/或第二玻璃基板 220可藉由購買或以其他方式獲得基板或藉由形成第一玻璃基板 200及/或第二玻璃基板 220來提供。在進一步態樣中,玻璃基板可藉由用多種帶成形製程形成玻璃基板來提供,例如狹縫拉製、下拉、熔合下拉、上拉、壓輥、再拉或浮法。在態樣中,第一玻璃基板 200及/或第二玻璃基板 220可用一或多個壓縮應力區域來增強,例如化學增強及/或熱增強,如上文所論述。在態樣中,第一基板厚度 206及/或第二基板厚度 226可在上文所論述的範圍中之一或多個範圍內。在態樣中,玻璃基板中之一或多個玻璃基板可包含硼矽酸鹽玻璃。在態樣中,第一玻璃基板 200及/或第二玻璃基板 220可在步驟 901結束時彎曲,但彎曲可在後續步驟中進行或可完全省略。在態樣中,第一玻璃基板 200及/或第二玻璃基板 220可在步驟 901結束時進行化學增強,但化學增強玻璃基板中之一或多個玻璃基板可在步驟 903中進行及/或玻璃基板中之一或多個玻璃基板可不經化學增強。在態樣中,第一多孔無機層 240可設置於玻璃基板中之一個玻璃基板(例如,第二玻璃基板 220)上,及/或第二多孔無機層 250可設置於另一個玻璃基板(例如,第一玻璃基板 200)上,但可在步驟 903中設置一或兩個多孔無機層。儘管 10 圖至第 11 中展示了第一玻璃基板 200上的第二多孔無機層 250,但應理解,該等方法設想了設置於第二玻璃基板 220上的第二多孔無機層 250In a first step 901 of the method of the present disclosure, the method may begin by providing a first glass substrate 200 and a second glass substrate 220. In an aspect, the first glass substrate 200 and/or the second glass substrate 220 may be provided by purchasing or otherwise obtaining the substrates or by forming the first glass substrate 200 and/or the second glass substrate 220. In a further aspect, the glass substrates may be provided by forming glass substrates using a variety of ribbon forming processes, such as slit drawing, down-drawing, fusion down-drawing, up-drawing, compression rolling, re-drawing, or float. In an aspect, the first glass substrate 200 and/or the second glass substrate 220 may be strengthened with one or more compressive stress regions, such as chemical strengthening and/or thermal strengthening, as discussed above. In an aspect, the first substrate thickness 206 and/or the second substrate thickness 226 may be within one or more of the ranges discussed above. In an aspect, one or more of the glass substrates may include borosilicate glass. In an aspect, the first glass substrate 200 and/or the second glass substrate 220 may be bent at the end of step 901 , but the bending may be performed in a subsequent step or may be omitted entirely. In an aspect, the first glass substrate 200 and/or the second glass substrate 220 may be chemically strengthened at the end of step 901 , but one or more of the chemically strengthened glass substrates may be performed in step 903 and/or one or more of the glass substrates may not be chemically strengthened. In embodiments, the first porous inorganic layer 240 may be disposed on one of the glass substrates (e.g., the second glass substrate 220 ), and/or the second porous inorganic layer 250 may be disposed on the other glass substrate (e.g., the first glass substrate 200 ), but one or two porous inorganic layers may be disposed in step 903. Although the second porous inorganic layer 250 on the first glass substrate 200 is shown in FIGS . 10-11 , it should be understood that the methods contemplate the second porous inorganic layer 250 disposed on the second glass substrate 220 .

在態樣中,如上文參考 3 所論述,可藉由熱成型在第一玻璃基板 200中誘導出第一曲率深度 310(例如,第一玻璃基板 200可因重力下垂而彎折),且可藉由冷成型在第二玻璃基板 220中誘導出第二曲率深度 320。在態樣中,藉由熱彎折第一玻璃基板 200及第二玻璃基板 220誘導出第一曲率深度 310及第二曲率深度 320(例如,在共同彎折製程中或在其中玻璃基板彼此獨立彎折的製程中)。 In aspects, as discussed above with reference to FIG. 3 , the first depth of curvature 310 may be induced in the first glass substrate 200 by hot forming (e.g., the first glass substrate 200 may be bent due to gravity sag), and the second depth of curvature 320 may be induced in the second glass substrate 220 by cold forming. In aspects, the first depth of curvature 310 and the second depth of curvature 320 are induced by hot bending the first glass substrate 200 and the second glass substrate 220 (e.g., in a common bending process or in a process in which the glass substrates are bent independently of each other).

在態樣中,經由熱製程將(一或多個)曲率引入第一玻璃基板 200或第二玻璃基板 220中之至少一者中。熱製程可包括在受熱時使用重力來使第一玻璃基板 200或第一玻璃基板 200及第二玻璃基板 220二者成形的下垂製程。在下垂步驟中,將玻璃基板(例如,第一玻璃基板 200)放置於具有開放內部的模具上,在爐(例如,箱式爐或退火爐)中進行加熱,並使其在重力的影響下逐漸下垂至模具之開放內部中。在進一步態樣中,熱製程可包括在受熱時或在加熱時使用模具來使第一玻璃基板 200或第一玻璃基板 200及第二玻璃基板 220二者成形的壓製製程。 In an embodiment, the curvature (one or more) is introduced into at least one of the first glass substrate 200 or the second glass substrate 220 through a thermal process. The thermal process may include a drooping process that uses gravity to shape the first glass substrate 200 or both the first glass substrate 200 and the second glass substrate 220 while being heated. In the drooping step, a glass substrate (e.g., the first glass substrate 200 ) is placed on a mold having an open interior, heated in a furnace (e.g., a box furnace or an annealing furnace), and gradually droops into the open interior of the mold under the influence of gravity. In a further embodiment, the thermal process may include a press process that uses a mold to shape the first glass substrate 200 or both the first glass substrate 200 and the second glass substrate 220 while being heated or while being heated.

在態樣中,兩個玻璃基板(例如,第一玻璃基板 200及第二玻璃基板 220)在「配對成形」製程中一起成形。在此種製程中,將一個玻璃基板放置於另一玻璃基板之頂部上以形成堆疊(其亦可包括中介釋放層),將該堆疊放置於模具上。在進一步態樣中,為了促進配對成形製程,第二玻璃基板 220,在一些態樣中用作內玻璃基板及/或更薄的玻璃基板,具有大於第一玻璃基板 200的配對成形溫度(例如,在10 11泊的黏度下)。在態樣中,在配對下垂期間使用的模具可具有用於下垂製程的開放內部。將堆疊及模具皆放入爐中進行加熱,並將堆疊逐漸加熱至玻璃基板的彎折或下垂溫度。在此過程期間,玻璃基板一起成形為彎曲形狀。有利地,本文中包含的硼矽酸鹽玻璃組成物中之至少一些的黏度曲線在10 11泊的黏度下可與用於第二玻璃基板 220的玻璃的黏度曲線相似,從而允許利用現有裝備及技術。根據示範性態樣,選擇加熱時間及溫度以獲得所要彎曲度及最終形狀。隨後,將(一或多個)玻璃基板自爐移除並進行冷卻。對於配對成形的玻璃基板,將兩個玻璃基板分離,然後在步驟 909處重新組裝(在下文論述),用中間層(例如,中間層 230)重新組裝於該等玻璃基板之間並進行加熱(例如,在真空下將玻璃基板及中間層一起密封成層壓體),如下文參考步驟 911所論述。 In an aspect, two glass substrates (e.g., a first glass substrate 200 and a second glass substrate 220 ) are formed together in a "paired forming" process. In such a process, one glass substrate is placed on top of another glass substrate to form a stack (which may also include an intermediate release layer), which is placed on a mold. In a further aspect, to facilitate the paired forming process, the second glass substrate 220 , which in some aspects serves as an inner glass substrate and/or a thinner glass substrate, has a paired forming temperature greater than the first glass substrate 200 (e.g., at a viscosity of 10 11 poise). In an aspect, the mold used during paired sag may have an open interior for the sag process. Both the stack and the mold are placed in a furnace for heating, and the stack is gradually heated to the bending or sag temperature of the glass substrates. During this process, the glass substrates are formed together into a curved shape. Advantageously, the viscosity curve of at least some of the borosilicate glass compositions included herein can be similar to the viscosity curve of the glass used for the second glass substrate 220 at a viscosity of 10 11 poise, thereby allowing the use of existing equipment and technology. According to exemplary aspects, the heating time and temperature are selected to obtain the desired curvature and final shape. Subsequently, the glass substrate(s) are removed from the furnace and cooled. For paired formed glass substrates, the two glass substrates are separated and then reassembled at step 909 (discussed below), with an intermediate layer (e.g., intermediate layer 230) reassembled between the glass substrates and heated (e.g., the glass substrates and the intermediate layer are sealed together into a laminate under vacuum), as discussed below with reference to step 911 .

在態樣中,僅一個玻璃基板(例如,第一玻璃基板 200)使用熱(例如,藉由下垂製程或壓製製程)來彎曲,且另一個玻璃基板(例如,第二個玻璃基板 220)使用冷成型製程藉由在小於玻璃組成物的軟化溫度的溫度下(特別是在200℃或更小、100℃或更小、50℃或更小的溫度下,或在室溫下)將待彎曲之玻璃基板壓製成與已經彎曲的玻璃基板相符來彎曲。可藉由真空、機械壓機或一或多個夾具來提供將一個玻璃基板冷成型於另一個玻璃基板上的壓力。所冷成型的玻璃基板可經由中間層保持與所彎曲的玻璃基板相符及/或機械地夾緊至所彎曲的玻璃基板或以其他方式聯接。 In an embodiment, only one glass substrate (e.g., the first glass substrate 200 ) is bent using heat (e.g., by a sagging process or a pressing process), and the other glass substrate (e.g., the second glass substrate 220 ) is bent using a cold forming process by pressing the glass substrate to be bent to conform to the already bent glass substrate at a temperature less than the softening temperature of the glass composition (particularly at a temperature of 200°C or less, 100°C or less, 50°C or less, or at room temperature). The pressure to cold-form one glass substrate onto the other glass substrate may be provided by a vacuum, a mechanical press, or one or more clamps. The cold formed glass substrate may be held in conformity with the bent glass substrate via an intermediate layer and/or mechanically clamped to the bent glass substrate or otherwise coupled.

在步驟 901之後,如 10 所展示,方法可前進至步驟 903,該步驟包含將多孔無機層(例如,第二多孔無機層 250)設置於玻璃基板中之一個玻璃基板(例如,第一玻璃基板 200)上。在態樣中,可藉由將包含可與顏料(例如,油墨、著色劑、染色劑)及/或低CTE添加劑之顆粒混合的玻璃料(例如,釉)的前驅物(例如,改質釉)施加至第一玻璃基板 200之第二主表面 204來設置第二多孔無機層 250。可使用任何合適的技術(例如,網版印刷、噴塗、刷塗、成帶)來設置前驅物,但要理解的是,視所選擇的沉積技術而定,可能需要進行黏度調節(例如,經由添加水或附加介質)。如上文所論述,可藉由在合適的燒製溫度下進行加熱來固化前驅物,該燒製溫度可至少為與釉相關聯的軟化溫度。固化前驅物以形成多孔無機層可將玻璃料凝固成包圍低CTE添加劑組分並形成複數個孔的熔合基質。在態樣中,玻璃基板(例如,第一玻璃基板 200)可在其上設置有多孔無機層之後作為步驟 903之一部分進行成形。替代地,在態樣中,可使玻璃基板(例如,第一玻璃基板 200)成形且可固化前驅物以形成多孔無機層可在步驟 903中同時進行。替代地,可將多孔無機層設置於彎曲的第一玻璃基板上。同樣,儘管未展示出,但多孔無機層可設置於第二玻璃基板之第三主表面上。此外,第二玻璃基板可在固化前驅物以形成多孔無機層的同時或之後成形。另外,玻璃基板中之一或兩個玻璃基板可在步驟 903中在沉積(一或多個)多孔無機層之後進行化學增強,該化學增強亦可在使(一或多個)玻璃基板成形之後。在步驟 903結束時,如 10 所展示,第二多孔無機層 250包含上文所論述之無機厚度 746。在態樣中,第二多孔無機層 250的孔隙率可在上文所論述之對應範圍中之一或多個範圍內。在態樣中,在步驟 903結束時,如 10 所展示,第二多孔無機層 250黏附至第一玻璃基板 200,例如,其中第二多孔無機層 250之第一表面 732接觸第一玻璃基板 200之第二主表面 204After step 901 , as shown in FIG. 10 , the method may proceed to step 903 , which includes disposing a porous inorganic layer (e.g., second porous inorganic layer 250 ) on one of the glass substrates (e.g., first glass substrate 200 ). In one embodiment, the second porous inorganic layer 250 may be disposed by applying a precursor (e.g., modified glaze) including a glass frit (e.g., glaze) mixed with particles of a pigment (e.g., ink, colorant, dye) and/or a low CTE additive to the second major surface 204 of the first glass substrate 200 . The precursor may be deposited using any suitable technique (e.g., screen printing, spraying, brushing, tape), but it is understood that viscosity adjustment (e.g., via the addition of water or an additional medium) may be required depending on the deposition technique selected. As discussed above, the precursor may be cured by heating at a suitable firing temperature, which may be at least the softening temperature associated with the glaze. Curing the precursor to form the porous inorganic layer may solidify the glass frit into a fused matrix surrounding the low CTE additive component and forming a plurality of pores. In an embodiment, the glass substrate (e.g., the first glass substrate 200 ) may be formed as part of step 903 after the porous inorganic layer is disposed thereon. Alternatively, in an embodiment, the glass substrate (e.g., the first glass substrate 200 ) may be shaped and the precursor may be cured to form the porous inorganic layer may be performed simultaneously in step 903. Alternatively, the porous inorganic layer may be disposed on the bent first glass substrate. Similarly, although not shown, the porous inorganic layer may be disposed on the third major surface of the second glass substrate. In addition, the second glass substrate may be shaped while or after the precursor is cured to form the porous inorganic layer. In addition, one or both of the glass substrates may be chemically strengthened after the deposition of the porous inorganic layer(s) in step 903 , and the chemical strengthening may also be after the shaping of the glass substrate(s). At the end of step 903 , as shown in FIG. 10 , the second porous inorganic layer 250 includes the inorganic thickness 746 discussed above. In an embodiment, the porosity of the second porous inorganic layer 250 can be within one or more of the corresponding ranges discussed above. In an embodiment, at the end of step 903 , as shown in FIG. 10 , the second porous inorganic layer 250 is adhered to the first glass substrate 200 , for example, wherein the first surface 732 of the second porous inorganic layer 250 contacts the second major surface 204 of the first glass substrate 200 .

在步驟 901或步驟 903之後,如 10 所展示,方法可前進至步驟 905,該步驟包含用聚合物溶液或聚合物乳液 1003填充第二多孔無機層 250的複數個孔。如圖所展示,聚合物溶液或聚合物乳液 1003可藉由用刷子 1001刷塗而設置於第二多孔無機層 250之第二表面 734上,但亦可使用輥壓或噴塗。在態樣中,聚合物溶液或聚合物乳液 1003可流入第二多孔無機層 250的複數個孔中。例如,聚合物溶液或聚合物乳液 1003可包含的黏度為約8,000毫帕-秒(mPa-s)或更小、約2,000 mPa-s或更小、約1,000 mPa-s或更小、約500 mPa-s或更小、約200 mPa-s或更小、約10 mPa-s或更大、約30 mPa-s或更大、約50 mPa-s或更大、約80 mPa-s或更大或約100 mPa-s或更大,例如,在約10 mPa-s至約8,000 mPa-s、約30 mPa-s至約2,000 mPa-s、約50 mPa-s至約1,000 mPa-s、約80 mPa-s至約500 mPa-s、約100 mPa-s至約200 mPa·s或其間的任何範圍或子範圍的範圍內。提供在前句中所提到之範圍中之一個範圍內的黏度可能夠達成聚合物溶液流入第二多孔無機層 250的複數個孔中。同樣,提供在本段上文所提到之範圍中之一個範圍內的黏度可能夠達成聚合物乳液在第二多孔無機層 250上形成連續膜,該連續膜可定位於複數個孔中,例如,在層壓製程(例如,下文論述的步驟 911)之後。 After step 901 or step 903 , as shown in FIG. 10 , the method can proceed to step 905 , which includes filling the plurality of pores of the second porous inorganic layer 250 with a polymer solution or polymer emulsion 1003. As shown in the figure, the polymer solution or polymer emulsion 1003 can be disposed on the second surface 734 of the second porous inorganic layer 250 by brushing with a brush 1001 , but a roller or spraying can also be used. In an embodiment, the polymer solution or polymer emulsion 1003 can flow into the plurality of pores of the second porous inorganic layer 250 . For example, the polymer solution or polymer emulsion 1003 can comprise a viscosity of about 8,000 millipascal-seconds (mPa-s) or less, about 2,000 mPa-s or less, about 1,000 mPa-s or less, about 500 mPa-s or less, about 200 mPa-s or less, about 10 mPa-s or more, about 30 mPa-s or more, about 50 mPa-s or more, about 80 mPa-s or more, or about 100 mPa-s or more, e.g., in a range of about 10 mPa-s to about 8,000 mPa-s, about 30 mPa-s to about 2,000 mPa-s, about 50 mPa-s to about 1,000 mPa-s, about 80 mPa-s to about 500 mPa-s, about 100 mPa-s to about 200 mPa·s, or any range or sub-range therebetween. Providing a viscosity within one of the ranges mentioned in the previous sentence may enable the polymer solution to flow into the plurality of pores of the second porous inorganic layer 250. Similarly, providing a viscosity within one of the ranges mentioned above in this paragraph may enable the polymer emulsion to form a continuous film on the second porous inorganic layer 250 , which continuous film may be positioned in the plurality of pores, for example, after a lamination process (e.g., step 911 discussed below).

如本文所用,「溶液」意指聚合物及溶劑的實質上均質的混合物,其中聚合物在溶劑中具有非零溶解度。如本文所用,「乳液」係具有至少兩個不同相的非均質混合物,例如,具有分散在第二基質相中的液滴相。在態樣中,乳液可包含與液滴相中的聚合物不混溶的基質相中的溶劑。在態樣中,聚合物溶液或聚合物乳液中的溶劑可包含水、醇(例如,乙醇、甲醇、丁醇、異丙醇)、甲苯、醚(例如,二丙二醇丁醚)、乙酸酯(例如,乙酸乙酯)、酮(例如,甲基乙基酮、丙酮、丁酮)或它們的組合。用於聚合物乳液的溶劑之示範性態樣係水。用於聚合物溶液的溶劑之示範性態樣包括醇(例如,乙醇、丁醇、甲醇)、醚(例如,二丙二醇丁醚)、乙酸酯(例如,乙酸乙酯)及酮(例如,甲基乙基酮、丙酮、丁酮)。As used herein, "solution" means a substantially homogeneous mixture of a polymer and a solvent, wherein the polymer has a non-zero solubility in the solvent. As used herein, an "emulsion" is a heterogeneous mixture having at least two distinct phases, for example, having a droplet phase dispersed in a second matrix phase. In an aspect, the emulsion may include a solvent in a matrix phase that is immiscible with the polymer in the droplet phase. In an aspect, the solvent in the polymer solution or polymer emulsion may include water, an alcohol (e.g., ethanol, methanol, butanol, isopropanol), toluene, an ether (e.g., dipropylene glycol butyl ether), an acetate (e.g., ethyl acetate), a ketone (e.g., methyl ethyl ketone, acetone, butanone), or a combination thereof. An exemplary aspect of the solvent for the polymer emulsion is water. Exemplary aspects of the solvent for the polymer solution include alcohols (e.g., ethanol, butanol, methanol), ethers (e.g., dipropylene glycol butyl ether), acetates (e.g., ethyl acetate), and ketones (e.g., methyl ethyl ketone, acetone, butanone).

聚合物溶液或聚合物乳液 1003包含上文針對聚合物材料 750論述的材料中之一或多種內的聚合物。聚合物乳液中的聚合物可係實質上線性聚合物。聚合物溶液或聚合物乳液 1003可進一步包含上文針對聚合物材料 750中的塑化劑論述的材料中之一或多種內的塑化劑。在態樣中,如 10 所展示,聚合物乳液 1003的聚合物溶液可設置於第二多孔無機層 250之外周上及/或覆蓋第二多孔無機層之外周。在態樣中,如圖所展示,聚合物乳液 1003的聚合物溶液的厚度 1006可為約30 μm或更小,例如,在上文針對聚合物厚度 776論述的範圍中之一或多個範圍內。 The polymer solution or polymer emulsion 1003 includes a polymer in one or more of the materials discussed above for the polymer material 750. The polymer in the polymer emulsion may be a substantially linear polymer. The polymer solution or polymer emulsion 1003 may further include a plasticizer in one or more of the materials discussed above for the plasticizer in the polymer material 750. In an embodiment, as shown in FIG . 10 , the polymer solution of the polymer emulsion 1003 may be disposed on the outer periphery of the second porous inorganic layer 250 and/or cover the outer periphery of the second porous inorganic layer. In an embodiment, as shown in the figure , the thickness 1006 of the polymer solution of the polymer emulsion 1003 may be about 30 μm or less, for example, within one or more of the ranges discussed above for the polymer thickness 776 .

在步驟 905之後,如 11 所展示,方法可前進至步驟 907,該步驟包含對聚合物乳液 1003(參見 10 )的聚合物溶液進行乾燥以形成聚合物材料 750,包括定位於複數個孔 760(參見 7 )內的聚合物材料 750。在態樣中,如圖所展示,對聚合物乳液 1003的聚合物溶液進行乾燥可包含:將第二多孔無機層 250及聚合物乳液 1003的聚合物溶液放置於維持在預定溫度下的烘箱 1101中達預定時間週期。在態樣中,聚合物乳液 1003的聚合物溶液可在約20℃或更大、約30℃、約40℃或更大、約50℃或更大、約80℃、約70℃或更小、約65℃或更小或約60℃或更小的溫度下進行乾燥。在態樣中,聚合物乳液 1003的聚合物溶液可在約20℃至約80℃、約30℃至約70℃、約40℃至約65℃、約50℃至約60℃或其間的任何範圍或子範圍的溫度下進行乾燥。提供約80℃或更小的溫度可減少所得聚合物材料 750中氣泡的發生率。在態樣中,聚合物乳液 1003的聚合物溶液可乾燥達約10分鐘或更長、約20分鐘或更長、約30分鐘或更長、約45分鐘或更長、約1小時或更長、約168小時或更短、約24小時或更短、約8小時或更短、約4小時或更短、約2小時或更短或約1小時或更短的時間週期。在態樣中,步驟 905中可不進行任何反應使得聚合物材料 750實質上不含交聯點及/或分支點,且聚合物材料 750中的聚合物可實質上與聚合物乳液 1003的聚合物溶液中的聚合物相同。在態樣中,聚合物材料 750可包含上文所論述之塑化劑中之一或多種,且(一或多種)塑化劑可以在上文所論述之對應範圍中之一或多個範圍內的量存在。在態樣中,聚合物材料 750的第二玻璃轉變溫度可在上文所論述之對應範圍中之一或多個範圍內。 After step 905 , as shown in FIG. 11 , the method may proceed to step 907 , which includes drying the polymer solution of polymer emulsion 1003 (see FIG. 10 ) to form polymer material 750 , including polymer material 750 positioned in a plurality of pores 760 (see FIG . 7 ). In an embodiment, as shown in the figure, drying the polymer solution of polymer emulsion 1003 may include placing the second porous inorganic layer 250 and the polymer solution of polymer emulsion 1003 in an oven 1101 maintained at a predetermined temperature for a predetermined time period. In an aspect, the polymer solution of polymer emulsion 1003 can be dried at a temperature of about 20°C or greater, about 30°C, about 40°C or greater, about 50°C or greater, about 80°C, about 70°C or less, about 65°C or less, or about 60°C or less. In an aspect, the polymer solution of polymer emulsion 1003 can be dried at a temperature of about 20°C to about 80°C, about 30°C to about 70°C, about 40°C to about 65°C, about 50°C to about 60°C, or any range or sub-range therebetween. Providing a temperature of about 80°C or less can reduce the incidence of bubbles in the resulting polymer material 750 . In an embodiment, the polymer solution of polymer emulsion 1003 can be dried for a time period of about 10 minutes or more, about 20 minutes or more, about 30 minutes or more, about 45 minutes or more, about 1 hour or more, about 168 hours or less, about 24 hours or less, about 8 hours or less, about 4 hours or less, about 2 hours or less, or about 1 hour or less. In an embodiment, no reaction can be performed in step 905 so that polymer material 750 is substantially free of cross-linking points and/or branching points, and the polymer in polymer material 750 can be substantially the same as the polymer in the polymer solution of polymer emulsion 1003 . In an embodiment, the polymer material 750 may include one or more of the plasticizers discussed above, and the (one or more) plasticizers may be present in an amount within one or more of the corresponding ranges discussed above. In an embodiment, the second glass transition temperature of the polymer material 750 may be within one or more of the corresponding ranges discussed above.

在態樣中,如 11 所展示,聚合物材料 750(包括部分 770)可存在於第一部分 782中(例如,存在於複數個孔中)但不存在於第二部分 784(例如,不存在於複數個孔中)。如上文所論述,在態樣中,聚合物材料 750的折射率與第一玻璃基板 200或第二玻璃基板 220的折射率之間的差值的絕對值可為約0.10或更小、約0.05或更小、約0.04或更小、約0.03或更小、約0.02或更小或約0.01或更小。 In aspects, as shown in FIG. 11 , the polymer material 750 (including the portion 770 ) may be present in the first portion 782 (e.g., present in the plurality of holes) but not in the second portion 784 (e.g., not present in the plurality of holes). As discussed above, in aspects, the absolute value of the difference between the refractive index of the polymer material 750 and the refractive index of the first glass substrate 200 or the second glass substrate 220 may be about 0.10 or less, about 0.05 or less, about 0.04 or less, about 0.03 or less, about 0.02 or less, or about 0.01 or less.

在步驟 907之後,如 12 所展示,方法可前進至步驟 909,該步驟包含將中間層 230 430設置於多孔無機層(例如,第一多孔無機層 240、第二多孔無機層 250)上。在態樣中,如圖所展示,縫隙 1202 1204可分別形成於中間層 230 430與第一玻璃基板 200或第二玻璃基板 220之間,例如,這歸因於(一或多個)多孔無機層的厚度。在態樣中,如參考數字 448a 448b所指示,中間層 430可係非均勻的,其中用參考數字 448a 448b標記的虛線指示中間層 430之具有不同組成物的不同部分(例如,第一部分 431a / 431b、第二部分 433—參見 4 )之間的劃分。在進一步態樣中,塑化劑的濃度在此等部分之間可不同(例如,其中第二部分 433中塑化劑的濃度大於第一部分 431a / 431b中塑化劑的濃度)。在進一步態樣中,第一部分中的聚合物可不同於第二部分中的聚合物(例如,第二部分 433可包括PVB或由其組成,而第一部分 431a / 431b可包括PET或另一種具有相對較高Tg的合適的材料)。替代地,在進一步態樣中,中間層可包含第一中間層、第二中間層及定位於其間的附加聚合物層(參見 6 )。在進一步態樣中,接線或電子裝置可定位於第一玻璃基板 200與第二玻璃基板 220之間(例如,在中間層或附加聚合物層內,若存在的話) (參見 5 圖至第 6 )。在態樣中,中間層的第一玻璃轉變溫度可比聚合物材料 750(參見 7 )的第二玻璃轉變溫度小在上文所論述之對應範圍中之一或多個範圍內的量。在進一步態樣中,聚合物材料中塑化劑的濃度可大於中間層中塑化劑的濃度。在進一步態樣中,中間層中的聚合物可與聚合物材料中的聚合物相同或不同。 After step 907 , as shown in FIG. 12 , the method may proceed to step 909 , which includes disposing an intermediate layer 230 or 430 on a porous inorganic layer (e.g., a first porous inorganic layer 240 , a second porous inorganic layer 250 ). In an embodiment, as shown in the figure, a gap 1202 or 1204 may be formed between the intermediate layer 230 or 430 and the first glass substrate 200 or the second glass substrate 220 , respectively, for example, due to the thickness of the (one or more) porous inorganic layers. In an embodiment, as indicated by reference numerals 448a and 448b , the intermediate layer 430 can be non-uniform, wherein the dashed lines marked with reference numerals 448a and 448b indicate the division between different portions of the intermediate layer 430 having different compositions (e.g., first portion 431a and / or 431b , second portion 433 —see FIG. 4 ) . In a further embodiment, the concentration of the plasticizer can be different between these portions (e.g., wherein the concentration of the plasticizer in the second portion 433 is greater than the concentration of the plasticizer in the first portion 431a and / or 431b ). In further aspects, the polymer in the first portion may be different from the polymer in the second portion (e.g., the second portion 433 may include or consist of PVB, while the first portion 431a and / or 431b may include PET or another suitable material with a relatively high Tg). Alternatively, in further aspects, the interlayer may include a first interlayer, a second interlayer, and an additional polymer layer positioned therebetween (see FIG. 6 ) . In further aspects, wiring or electronic devices may be positioned between the first glass substrate 200 and the second glass substrate 220 (e.g., within the interlayer or the additional polymer layer, if present) (see FIGS . 5-6 ) . In aspects, the first glass transition temperature of the interlayer may be less than the second glass transition temperature of the polymer material 750 (see FIG . 7 ) by an amount within one or more of the corresponding ranges discussed above. In a further aspect, the concentration of the plasticizer in the polymer material can be greater than the concentration of the plasticizer in the intermediate layer. In a further aspect, the polymer in the intermediate layer can be the same as or different from the polymer in the polymer material.

在步驟 909之後,如 13 所展示,方法可前進至步驟 911,該步驟包含將第一玻璃基板 200層壓至第二玻璃基板 220,使得多孔無機層(例如,第一多孔無機層 240、第二多孔無機層 250)及(一或多個)中間層 230 430定位於該第一玻璃基板與該第二玻璃基板之間。 After step 909 , as shown in FIG. 13 , the method may proceed to step 911 , which includes laminating the first glass substrate 200 onto the second glass substrate 220 , such that the porous inorganic layer (e.g., the first porous inorganic layer 240 , the second porous inorganic layer 250 ) and (one or more) intermediate layers 230 or 430 are positioned between the first glass substrate and the second glass substrate.

在態樣中,如 13 所展示,第一釋放襯墊 1317之第一表面區域 1319可設置於第一玻璃基板 200之第一主表面 202之上及/或接觸該第一玻璃基板之該第一主表面。在進一步態樣中,第一支撐件 1311之第三表面 1315可設置於第一釋放襯墊 1317之上及/或接觸該第一釋放襯墊。在態樣中,如圖所展示,第二釋放襯墊 1327之第一表面區域 1329可設置於第二玻璃基板 220之第四主表面 224之上及/或接觸該第二玻璃基板之該第四主表面。在進一步態樣中,第二支撐件 1321之第三表面 1323可設置於第二釋放襯墊 1327之上及/或接觸該第二釋放襯墊。在態樣中,如圖所展示,方法可包含將總成放置於真空容器 1303(例如,可購自Simtech的OBSJ/ABSJ真空袋)中。在態樣中,第一支撐件 1311及/或第二支撐件 1321可包含約3 GPa或更大的彈性模量,及/或可包含基於玻璃的材料及/或基於陶瓷的材料。提供一或多個釋放襯墊可減少(例如,防止)玻璃製品在方法期間黏附至非所要材料,且可減少處理期間對層壓體的損壞。提供一或多個支撐件可減少處理期間基板及/或膜的變形(例如,翹曲)。提供真空容器可保護玻璃製品在處理期間免受污染。 In an embodiment, as shown in FIG. 13 , a first surface region 1319 of a first release pad 1317 may be disposed on and/or contact the first major surface 202 of a first glass substrate 200. In a further embodiment, a third surface 1315 of a first support member 1311 may be disposed on and/or contact the first release pad 1317. In an embodiment, as shown in the figure, a first surface region 1329 of a second release pad 1327 may be disposed on and/or contact the fourth major surface 224 of a second glass substrate 220 . In a further embodiment, the third surface 1323 of the second support 1321 can be disposed on and/or in contact with the second release pad 1327. In an embodiment, as shown in the figure, the method can include placing the assembly in a vacuum container 1303 (e.g., an OBSJ/ABSJ vacuum bag available from Simtech). In an embodiment, the first support 1311 and/or the second support 1321 can include an elastic modulus of approximately 3 GPa or greater, and/or can include a glass-based material and/or a ceramic-based material. Providing one or more release pads can reduce (e.g., prevent) adhesion of the glass article to undesirable materials during the method, and can reduce damage to the laminate during processing. Providing one or more supports can reduce deformation (e.g., warping) of the substrate and/or film during processing. Providing a vacuum container can protect the glass article from contamination during processing.

在態樣中,步驟 911可進一步包含加熱膜及/或減小總成定位於其中的室 1301的壓力(例如,相對於101.325千帕)。提供減小的壓力可移除溶解的氣體及/或總成之元件之間的氣體。在態樣中,步驟 911包含(例如,除了先前論述的態樣之外)將總成加熱至大於中間層 230的玻璃轉變溫度(及/或熔化溫度,若係半結晶的話)的溫度,這可在室 1301中在高壓(例如,相對於101.325千帕)下進行。 In an embodiment, step 911 can further include heating the film and/or reducing the pressure of the chamber 1301 in which the assembly is positioned (e.g., relative to 101.325 kPa). Providing a reduced pressure can remove dissolved gases and/or gases between components of the assembly. In an embodiment, step 911 includes (e.g., in addition to the embodiments discussed previously) heating the assembly to a temperature greater than the glass transition temperature (and/or melting temperature, if semi-crystalline) of the intermediate layer 230 , which can be performed in the chamber 1301 at a high pressure (e.g., relative to 101.325 kPa).

在步驟 911之後,方法可前進至步驟 913,該步驟包含組裝玻璃製品 130 300 400 500 600 1400。應理解,製品可結合至上文所論述之製品或應用中之任一種中。例如,可藉由使用黏合劑將玻璃製品附接至汽車中之開口之外周來將玻璃製品附接至汽車。 After step 911 , the method may proceed to step 913 , which includes assembling the glass article 130 , 300 , 400 , 500 , 600 , or 1400. It should be understood that the article may be incorporated into any of the articles or applications discussed above. For example, the glass article may be attached to a car by attaching the glass article to the periphery of an opening in the car using an adhesive.

在步驟 911或步驟 913之後,根據 9 中的流程圖的本揭露之製作玻璃製品之方法可在步驟 915處完成。在態樣中,當用D65照明體照明時,玻璃製品可包含其中聚合物材料 750(參見 7 )定位於第一多孔無機層 240的複數個孔內的第一部分 782與其中複數個孔未填充有聚合物材料 750的第二部分 784之間的最大ΔE、L*值的差值的絕對值、a*值的差值的絕對值及/或b*值的差值的絕對值,該等值可在上文所論述之對應範圍中之一或多個範圍內。在態樣中,玻璃製品之包括(一或多個)多孔無機層的第一部分 294a 294b的積分可見光透射率可在上文所論述之對應範圍中之一或多個範圍內。在態樣中,根據本揭露之態樣之製作玻璃製品之方法可依序沿 9 中的流程圖的步驟 901 903 905 907 909 911 913前進,如上文所論述。在態樣中,例如,若多孔無機層在步驟 901結束時已經黏附至玻璃基板,則可自步驟 901沿循箭頭 902去往步驟 905。在態樣中,例如,若方法在步驟 911結束時完成,則可自步驟 911沿循箭頭 904去往步驟 915。可組合上述選項中之任何選項來根據本揭露之態樣製作經塗佈製品。 實例 After step 911 or step 913 , the method of making a glass article of the present disclosure according to the flowchart in FIG . 9 may be completed at step 915. In an embodiment, when illuminated with a D65 illuminant, the glass article may include a maximum ΔE, an absolute value of the difference in L * values , an absolute value of the difference in a * values, and/or an absolute value of the difference in b* values between a first portion 782 in which a polymer material 750 ( see FIG. 7 ) is positioned in a plurality of pores of the first porous inorganic layer 240 and a second portion 784 in which a plurality of pores are not filled with the polymer material 750, which values may be within one or more of the corresponding ranges discussed above. In an aspect, the integrated visible light transmittance of the first portion 294a or 294b of the glass article including the porous inorganic layer(s) may be within one or more of the corresponding ranges discussed above. In an aspect, the method for making a glass article according to an aspect of the present disclosure may proceed sequentially along steps 901 , 903 , 905 , 907 , 909 , 911 , and 913 of the flowchart in FIG . 9 , as discussed above. In an aspect, for example, if the porous inorganic layer has been attached to the glass substrate at the end of step 901 , the process may proceed from step 901 to step 905 along arrow 902 . In an aspect , for example, if the method is complete at the end of step 911 , then the method can follow arrow 904 from step 911 to step 915. Any of the above options can be combined to produce a coated article according to an aspect of the present disclosure.

將藉由以下實例進一步闡明各種態樣。實例A-C及比較例AA-BB包含具有32×10 -7K -1的CTE及3.8 mm厚度的硼矽酸鹽玻璃基板(即,83.60 mol%的SiO 2、約1.20 mol%的Al 2O 3、約11.60 mol%的B 2O 3、約3.00 mol%的Na 2O及約0.70 mol%的K 2O之組成物)。藉由在約600℃下加熱前驅物玻璃料達約8分鐘來在硼矽酸鹽玻璃基板之第二主表面上形成具有約20 μm厚度及約30%孔隙率的多孔無機層。多孔無機層具有深灰色外觀。 Various aspects will be further illustrated by the following examples. Example AC and Comparative Examples AA-BB include a borosilicate glass substrate having a CTE of 32×10 −7 K −1 and a thickness of 3.8 mm (i.e., a composition of 83.60 mol % SiO 2 , about 1.20 mol % Al 2 O 3 , about 11.60 mol % B 2 O 3 , about 3.00 mol % Na 2 O, and about 0.70 mol % K 2 O). A porous inorganic layer having a thickness of about 20 μm and a porosity of about 30% is formed on the second major surface of the borosilicate glass substrate by heating a precursor glass frit at about 600° C. for about 8 minutes. The porous inorganic layer has a dark gray appearance.

對於實例A-D,藉由將14重量%的塑化PVB (可購自Saflex的RF41)溶解在乙醇中來形成聚合物溶液。對於實例A,將100 μm厚的聚(對苯二甲酸乙二酯) (PET)片材浸入PET聚合物溶液中,然後施加至多孔無機層。對於實例B,將聚合物溶液刷塗於多孔無機層上,然後將100 μm厚的PET片材施加於其上。For Examples A-D, a polymer solution was formed by dissolving 14 wt% plasticized PVB (RF41 available from Saflex) in ethanol. For Example A, a 100 μm thick poly(ethylene terephthalate) (PET) sheet was dipped into the PET polymer solution and then applied to the porous inorganic layer. For Example B, the polymer solution was brushed onto the porous inorganic layer and then a 100 μm thick PET sheet was applied thereon.

比較例AA包含將100 μm厚的PET片材放置於不具有聚合物的多孔無機層上。比較例BB包含將已經形成的塑化PVB膜(可購自Saflex的RF41)放置於多孔無機層上,然後將100 μm的PET片材壓入塑化PVB膜中。Comparative Example AA included placing a 100 μm thick PET sheet on a porous inorganic layer without polymer. Comparative Example BB included placing an already formed plasticized PVB film (RF41 available from Saflex) on the porous inorganic layer and then pressing the 100 μm PET sheet into the plasticized PVB film.

施加後第二天評估實例A-B及比較例AA-BB的外觀。比較例A具有淺灰色外觀。比較例B具有比基礎多孔無機層淺但比比較例A深的灰色外觀。除了PET片材之外周處的較淺邊沿之外,實例A及B呈現為深灰色或黑色。據信,施加覆蓋邊緣的聚合物溶液可移除此較淺邊沿。The appearance of Examples A-B and Comparative Examples AA-BB was evaluated the day after application. Comparative Example A had a light gray appearance. Comparative Example B had a gray appearance that was lighter than the underlying porous inorganic layer but darker than Comparative Example A. Examples A and B appeared dark gray or black except for a lighter edge around the outside of the PET sheet. It is believed that applying a polymer solution covering the edge can remove this lighter edge.

對於實例C,將聚合物溶液刷塗於多孔無機層的較大區域上,並將100 μm厚的PET片材施加至多孔無機層之第一部分,從而留下不具有PET的塗佈有聚合物溶液的第二部分。將0.76 mm厚的塑化PVB片材(可購自Saflex的RF41)放置於多孔無機層上,並將包含鋁矽酸鹽玻璃組成物及0.7 mm厚度的第二玻璃基板施加於其上。在高壓釜中將總成層壓在一起以產生玻璃製品。高壓釜處理涉及在真空下將總成在110℃下加熱達45分鐘,之後在140℃下加熱並施加1.3 MPa (表壓)壓力。比較例BB的製備與實例C相同,不同之處在於不使用聚合物溶液。For Example C, the polymer solution was brushed onto a larger area of the porous inorganic layer, and a 100 μm thick PET sheet was applied to a first portion of the porous inorganic layer, leaving the second portion coated with the polymer solution without PET. A 0.76 mm thick plasticized PVB sheet (RF41 available from Saflex) was placed on the porous inorganic layer, and a second glass substrate comprising an aluminosilicate glass composition and 0.7 mm thickness was applied thereto. The assembly layers were pressed together in an autoclave to produce a glass article. The autoclave treatment involved heating the assembly at 110° C. for 45 minutes under vacuum, followed by heating at 140° C. and applying a pressure of 1.3 MPa (gauge pressure). Comparative Example BB was prepared identically to Example C, except that no polymer solution was used.

其中PET的玻璃製品(部分1)的色彩看起來與包括由聚合物溶液形成的聚合物材料但不具有PET的玻璃製品部分(部分2)幾乎沒有區別。表1呈現了實例C的此等部分的CIE色彩空間坐標。如圖所展示,CIE L*值的差值的絕對值小於約2.0、小於約1.0且小於約0.5 (即,約0.32)。CIE a*值的差值的絕對值小於約1、小於約0.5且小於約0.3 (即,約0.15)。CIE b*值的差值的絕對值小於約1、小於約0.5且小於約0.3 (即,約0.12)。因此,ΔE (例如,最大ΔE)為約0.37,其小於約2.0、小於約1.0且小於約0.5。此低ΔE值與實例C的此等部分一致,看起來幾乎沒有區別。相反,比較例BB呈現為淺灰色(與比較例A相似)。 表1:實例C的CIE色彩空間坐標 部分 L* a* b* 1 10.82 -0.91 -1.22 2 10.50 -0.76 -1.34 The color of the glass article (portion 1) in which PET appears almost indistinguishable from the portion of the glass article (portion 2) including a polymer material formed from a polymer solution but without PET. Table 1 presents the CIE color space coordinates of these portions of Example C. As shown in the figure, the absolute value of the difference in CIE L* values is less than about 2.0, less than about 1.0, and less than about 0.5 (i.e., about 0.32). The absolute value of the difference in CIE a* values is less than about 1, less than about 0.5, and less than about 0.3 (i.e., about 0.15). The absolute value of the difference in CIE b* values is less than about 1, less than about 0.5, and less than about 0.3 (i.e., about 0.12). Therefore, ΔE (e.g., maximum ΔE) is about 0.37, which is less than about 2.0, less than about 1.0, and less than about 0.5. This low ΔE value is consistent with these parts of Example C, which look almost indistinguishable. In contrast, Comparative Example BB appears light gray (similar to Comparative Example A). Table 1: CIE color space coordinates of Example C part L* a* b* 1 10.82 -0.91 -1.22 2 10.50 -0.76 -1.34

上述觀察結果可組合來提供包含多孔無機層的玻璃製品,其中該多孔無機層的複數個孔中定位有聚合物材料。提供具有低玻璃轉變溫度(例如,約85℃或更小)的聚合物材料可能夠達成聚合物材料輕鬆定位(例如,填充)於(一或多個)多孔無機層的複數個孔中。提供具有約40℃或更大的玻璃轉變溫度的聚合物材料可減少在玻璃製品的使用期間通常遇到的溫度範圍內聚合物材料之性質的變化。提供複數個孔之外的約30 μm或更小的聚合物材料厚度可降低玻璃製品之不具有(一或多個)多孔無機層的部分中聚合物材料的可見度,這可簡化製造,因為聚合物材料中的前驅物的輕微未對準或過度施加可能不需要自(一或多個)玻璃基板移除(例如,清除)。提供複數個孔之外的約1 μm或更大的聚合物厚度可提供足以使得聚合物材料亦可定位於多孔無機層的複數個孔中的聚合物材料。將聚合物材料定位於複數個孔中可提供具有預定色彩的實質上均勻的外觀。此外,玻璃製品可表現出玻璃製品的在複數個孔中具有聚合物材料的多孔無機層的部分與玻璃製品的不具有聚合物材料的部分之間的低最大ΔE值可提供對於觀察者可為視覺上察覺不出的與多孔無機層相關聯的實質上均勻的色彩。The above observations can be combined to provide a glass article comprising a porous inorganic layer, wherein a polymer material is positioned in a plurality of pores of the porous inorganic layer. Providing a polymer material having a low glass transition temperature (e.g., about 85° C. or less) may allow the polymer material to be easily positioned (e.g., filled) in the plurality of pores of the (one or more) porous inorganic layer. Providing a polymer material having a glass transition temperature of about 40° C. or greater may reduce changes in the properties of the polymer material within a temperature range typically encountered during use of the glass article. Providing a polymer material thickness of about 30 μm or less outside of the plurality of pores may reduce the visibility of the polymer material in portions of the glass article that do not have the (one or more) porous inorganic layer, which may simplify manufacturing because slight misalignment or over-application of precursors in the polymer material may not require removal (e.g., cleaning) from the (one or more) glass substrates. Providing a polymer thickness of about 1 μm or more outside of the plurality of pores can provide the polymer material sufficient to allow the polymer material to be positioned also in the plurality of pores of the porous inorganic layer. Positioning the polymer material in the plurality of pores can provide a substantially uniform appearance having a predetermined color. In addition, the glass article can exhibit a low maximum ΔE value between portions of the glass article having the porous inorganic layer with the polymer material in the plurality of pores and portions of the glass article without the polymer material, which can provide a substantially uniform color associated with the porous inorganic layer that is visually imperceptible to an observer.

當結合至層壓體中時,(一或多個)多孔無機層可用作具有預定色彩外觀的裝飾層。已發現,孔隙率可防止(一或多個)多孔無機層降低(一或多個)玻璃基板的機械強度。不希望受理論束縛,據信,孔隙率減小玻璃基板與裝飾釉之間的連續接觸區域的大小,這減少在裝飾玻璃製品的製造期間引起的CTE誘導的應力積聚,由此減少或防止缺陷形成及傳播。當結合至層壓體中時,孔隙率亦可有助於多孔無機層具有預定色彩外觀。例如,中間層用於將具有多孔無機層的玻璃基板附接至另一玻璃基板。如下文所論述,聚合物材料可填充多孔無機層的複數個孔,這可使玻璃製品之包括多孔無機層之部分的外觀變暗。When incorporated into a laminate, the (one or more) porous inorganic layer(s) can be used as a decorative layer having a predetermined color appearance. It has been found that porosity can prevent the (one or more) porous inorganic layer(s) from reducing the mechanical strength of the (one or more) glass substrate(s). Without wishing to be bound by theory, it is believed that the porosity reduces the size of the continuous contact area between the glass substrate and the decorative glaze, which reduces the CTE-induced stress accumulation caused during the manufacture of the decorative glass article, thereby reducing or preventing defect formation and propagation. When incorporated into a laminate, the porosity can also help the porous inorganic layer have a predetermined color appearance. For example, an intermediate layer is used to attach a glass substrate having a porous inorganic layer to another glass substrate. As discussed below, the polymer material may fill the plurality of pores of the porous inorganic layer, which may darken the appearance of the portion of the glass article that includes the porous inorganic layer.

提供玻璃製品的(一或多個)多孔無機層內表面可用於保護層免受機械降解及/或氧化。此外,(一或多個)多孔無機層的放置亦可有助於隱藏嵌入於第一玻璃基板 200與第二玻璃基板 220之間的任何附加組件(例如,與除霧系統相關聯的導電元件)。此外,當第一玻璃基板及第二玻璃基板由具有不同組成物及/或厚度的玻璃建構時,(一或多個)多孔無機層的多個帶可提供預定美觀外觀。在態樣中,(一或多個)多孔無機層將具有提供吸引人的外觀及用作阻擋可見光及紫外線(UV)光的屏蔽件的雙重功能。另外,玻璃製品可包括附加功能性,例如包括紅外線反射塗層及/或抗反射塗層。 Providing the inner surface of the porous inorganic layer(s) of the glass article can be used to protect the layer from mechanical degradation and/or oxidation. In addition, the placement of the porous inorganic layer(s) can also help to hide any additional components (e.g., conductive elements associated with a defogging system) embedded between the first glass substrate 200 and the second glass substrate 220. In addition, when the first glass substrate and the second glass substrate are constructed of glasses with different compositions and/or thicknesses, multiple bands of the porous inorganic layer(s) can provide a predetermined aesthetic appearance. In an embodiment, the porous inorganic layer(s) will have the dual function of providing an attractive appearance and serving as a shield to block visible light and ultraviolet (UV) light. In addition, the glass article may include additional functionality, such as including an infrared reflective coating and/or an anti-reflective coating.

如本文所描述,將(一或多個)多孔無機建構成具有近似等於第一玻璃基板的CTE的CTE可防止在玻璃製品的製造期間在多孔無機層中形成裂紋,且亦防止多孔無機層的結合降低第一玻璃基板及/或玻璃製品的機械強度。第一玻璃基板可包含硼矽酸鹽玻璃組成物,這作為汽車窗用玻璃的外側可特別有益,因為與當前用作汽車窗用玻璃中的外玻璃基板的鈉鈣矽酸鹽玻璃相比,硼矽酸鹽玻璃可具有更大的耐熱衝擊性,且更能抵抗因來自道路碎片(例如,岩石或類似物)的衝擊事件造成的裂紋形成。已發現此類玻璃表現出有利的環形開裂行為,從而防止缺陷自衝擊點徑向傳播。與其他硼矽酸鹽玻璃相比,此類熔合形成玻璃亦可表現出優異的化學耐久性、耐刮擦性、機械強度及光學效能(例如,自光學透射比及光學失真兩個角度來看)。As described herein, constructing the porous inorganic layer(s) to have a CTE approximately equal to the CTE of the first glass substrate can prevent crack formation in the porous inorganic layer during manufacture of the glass article, and also prevent bonding of the porous inorganic layer from reducing the mechanical strength of the first glass substrate and/or the glass article. The first glass substrate can include a borosilicate glass composition, which can be particularly beneficial as the exterior of automotive glazing because borosilicate glass can have greater thermal shock resistance and is more resistant to crack formation due to impact events from road debris (e.g., rocks or the like) than sodium calcium silicate glass currently used as the exterior glass substrate in automotive glazing. Such glasses have been found to exhibit favorable annular cracking behavior, thereby preventing defects from propagating radially from the impact point. Such fusion-formed glasses also exhibit superior chemical durability, scratch resistance, mechanical strength, and optical performance (e.g., from the perspective of optical transmittance and optical distortion) compared to other borosilicate glasses.

提供與中間層分離的聚合物材料可能夠達成中間層(或其部分)具有不同的組成物及/或性質。例如,塑化劑在聚合物材料中的濃度可比在中間層(或其部分)中的濃度大,及/或聚合物材料可具有比中間層(或其部分)低的玻璃轉變溫度,即使當聚合物材料中的聚合物與中間層中的聚合物相同時亦是如此。提供中間層之不具有(或相對於聚合物材料減少量的)塑化劑的至少一部分可減少對可定位於其中的任何接線或電子裝置的損壞(例如,腐蝕)的發生率。另外,提供中間層之不具有(或相對於聚合物材料減少量的)塑化劑的至少一部分可減少光學失真及/或霧度,光學失真及/或霧度可能干擾定位於中間層內或經組配以透過玻璃製品之第二部分觀看物件的光學裝置(例如,攝影機) (例如,定位於汽車內部的經組配以觀看汽車外部的周圍環境的攝影機)的操作。Providing a polymeric material separate from the interlayer may result in the interlayer (or a portion thereof) having a different composition and/or properties. For example, the concentration of plasticizer in the polymeric material may be greater than the concentration in the interlayer (or a portion thereof), and/or the polymeric material may have a lower glass transition temperature than the interlayer (or a portion thereof), even when the polymer in the polymeric material is the same as the polymer in the interlayer. Providing at least a portion of the interlayer without (or with a reduced amount relative to the polymeric material) plasticizer may reduce the incidence of damage (e.g., corrosion) to any wiring or electronic devices that may be positioned therein. Additionally, providing at least a portion of the interlayer without (or with a reduced amount relative to the polymeric material) plasticizer can reduce optical distortion and/or haze, which may interfere with the operation of an optical device (e.g., a camera) positioned within the interlayer or configured to view an object through a second portion of the glass article (e.g., a camera positioned within a vehicle configured to view the surrounding environment outside the vehicle).

此外,可藉由對聚合物溶液或聚合物乳液進行乾燥來提供聚合物材料。提供具有低黏度(例如,約8,000毫帕-秒或更小)的聚合物溶液或聚合物乳液可能夠達成聚合物溶液或聚合物乳液 1003流入多孔無機層的複數個孔中。可藉由對聚合物溶液或聚合物乳液進行乾燥而不進行任何反應(例如,交聯或聚合)來形成聚合物材料。因此,聚合物溶液或聚合物乳液中的聚合物可實質上與聚合物材料中的聚合物相同。設置聚合物材料中涉及的有限處理可簡化處理及/或降低成本。 In addition, the polymer material can be provided by drying a polymer solution or polymer emulsion. Providing a polymer solution or polymer emulsion with a low viscosity (e.g., about 8,000 mPa-s or less) may allow the polymer solution or polymer emulsion 1003 to flow into a plurality of pores of the porous inorganic layer. The polymer material can be formed by drying the polymer solution or polymer emulsion without any reaction (e.g., crosslinking or polymerization). Therefore, the polymer in the polymer solution or polymer emulsion can be substantially the same as the polymer in the polymer material. The limited processing involved in providing the polymer material can simplify processing and/or reduce costs.

本文所用之方向性術語——例如,向上、向下、右、左、前、後、頂部、底部——僅參考如所繪製之附圖,且並不意欲暗示絕對定向。Directional terminology used herein—eg, up, down, right, left, front, back, top, bottom—refers only to the drawings as drawn, and is not intended to imply an absolute orientation.

應瞭解,各種所揭露之態樣可涉及結合該態樣描述的特徵、元件或步驟。亦應瞭解,特徵、元件或步驟儘管係關於一個態樣描述的,但可與各種未圖示說明的組合或排列中的替代態樣互換或組合。It should be understood that various disclosed aspects may involve features, components or steps described in conjunction with the aspect. It should also be understood that features, components or steps, although described with respect to one aspect, may be interchanged or combined with alternative aspects in various combinations or arrangements not illustrated.

亦應理解,如本文所用,除非明確相反地指示,否則術語「該」、「一」或「一個」意指「至少一個」且不應限於「僅一個」。例如,除非上下文清楚地另外說明,否則對「組件」的提及包含具有二或更多個此類組件的態樣。同樣,「複數個」意欲表示「多於一個」。It should also be understood that, as used herein, unless expressly indicated to the contrary, the terms "the," "a," or "an" mean "at least one" and should not be limited to "only one." For example, reference to a "component" includes aspects of having two or more such components unless the context clearly indicates otherwise. Likewise, "plurality" is intended to mean "more than one."

如本文所用,術語「約」意指量、大小、配方、參數及其他數量及特性並非且不需要係確切的,而是可按需要為近似的及/或更大或更小的,從而反映容限、轉換因子、捨位、量測誤差及類似者,及熟習此項技術者已知的其他因子。範圍在本文中可表達為自「約」一個特定值及/或至「約」另一特定值。當表達此種範圍時,態樣包括自一個特定值及/或至另一特定值。相似地,當藉由使用前述詞「約」將值表達為近似值時,應理解,特定值形成另一態樣。無論本說明書中的範圍之數值或端點是否敘述「約」,範圍之數值或端點都意欲包括兩個態樣:由「約」修飾的一個態樣,及不由「約」修飾的一個態樣。進一步應理解,範圍中之各者之端點在與另一個端點相關及與另一個端點無關方面皆有意義。As used herein, the term "about" means that the amount, size, formula, parameter and other quantities and characteristics are not and need not be exact, but may be approximate and/or larger or smaller as needed, reflecting tolerances, conversion factors, rounding, measurement errors and the like, and other factors known to those skilled in the art. Ranges may be expressed herein as from "about" a particular value and/or to "about" another particular value. When such a range is expressed, aspects include from a particular value and/or to another particular value. Similarly, when a value is expressed as an approximation by using the aforementioned word "about", it should be understood that the particular value forms another aspect. Regardless of whether the numerical value or endpoint of the range in this specification states "about", the numerical value or endpoint of the range is intended to include two aspects: an aspect modified by "about" and an aspect not modified by "about". It will be further understood that the endpoints of each of the ranges are significant both in relation to the other endpoint and independently of the other endpoint.

如本文所用,術語「實質」、「實質上」及其變型意欲指出所描述之特徵等於或近似等於值或描述。例如,「實質上平面的」表面意欲表示平面或近似平面的表面。此外,如上文所定義,「實質上相似」意欲表示兩個值相等或近似相等。在態樣中,「實質上相似」可表示在彼此的約10%內的值,例如,在彼此的約5%內,或在彼此的約2%內。As used herein, the terms "substantially," "substantially," and variations thereof are intended to indicate that the feature being described is equal to or approximately equal to a value or description. For example, a "substantially planar" surface is intended to mean a planar or approximately planar surface. Additionally, as defined above, "substantially similar" is intended to mean that two values are equal or approximately equal. In aspects, "substantially similar" can mean values that are within about 10% of each other, e.g., within about 5% of each other, or within about 2% of each other.

除非另外明確陳述,否則決不意欲將本文所闡述之任何方法解釋為要求按特定次序執行其步驟。因此,在方法請求項實際上並未敘述其步驟所遵循的次序或者並未在申請專利範圍或說明書中另外具體陳述步驟應限於特定次序的情況下,決不意欲推斷任何特定次序。Unless expressly stated otherwise, it is not intended that any method described herein be construed as requiring that its steps be performed in a specific order. Therefore, in the event that a method claim does not actually state the order in which its steps are to be followed or that the steps are not otherwise specifically stated in the claims or specification to be limited to a specific order, no specific order is intended to be inferred.

雖然可使用過渡片語「包含」來揭示特定態樣的各種特徵、元件或步驟,但應理解,替代態樣,包括可使用過渡片語「由……組成」或「基本上由……組成」來描述的彼等,係隱含的。因此,例如,包含A+B+C的設備的隱含替代態樣包括其中設備由A+B+C組成的態樣及其中設備基本上由A+B+C組成的態樣。如本文所用,除非另外指示,否則術語「包含」及「包括」及其變型應解釋為同義且開放的。Although the transition phrase "comprising" may be used to disclose various features, elements, or steps of a particular aspect, it should be understood that alternative aspects, including those that may be described using the transition phrase "consisting of" or "consisting essentially of," are implied. Thus, for example, an implied alternative aspect of a device comprising A+B+C includes an aspect in which the device consists of A+B+C and an aspect in which the device consists essentially of A+B+C. As used herein, unless otherwise indicated, the terms "comprising" and "including" and variations thereof should be interpreted as synonymous and open ended.

上述態樣及彼等態樣之特徵係示範性的,且在不脫離本揭露之範圍的情況下,可單獨提供或與本文所提供之其他態樣之任何一或多個特徵任意組合地提供。The above-described aspects and features of those aspects are exemplary and may be provided alone or in any combination with any one or more features of the other aspects provided herein without departing from the scope of the present disclosure.

熟習此項技術者將明白,在不脫離本揭露之精神及範圍的情況下,可對本揭露進行各種修改及變化。因此,本揭露意欲涵蓋本文所提供之態樣之修改及變化,只要它們在附隨請求項及其等效物之範圍內。Those skilled in the art will appreciate that various modifications and variations can be made to the disclosure without departing from the spirit and scope of the disclosure. Therefore, the disclosure is intended to cover modifications and variations of the aspects provided herein as long as they are within the scope of the appended claims and their equivalents.

2-2:線 100:載具 110:本體 120:開口 130:玻璃製品 7:視圖/放大視圖 200:第一玻璃基板 202:第一主表面 204:第二主表面 206:第一基板厚度 220:第二玻璃基板 222:第三主表面 224:第四主表面 226:第二基板厚度 230:中間層 232:第一接觸表面 234:第二接觸表面 236:中間層厚度/第一中間層厚度 240:第一多孔無機層/多孔無機層 250:第二多孔無機層/多孔無機層 292:第二多孔無機層之第二部分 294a:第二多孔無機層之第一部分 294b:第二多孔無機層之另一第一部分 300:玻璃製品 310:第一曲率深度 320:第二曲率深度 430:中間層 431a:第一部分 431b:第一部分 432:第一接觸表面 433:第二部分 434:第二接觸表面 448a:參考數字/虛線 448b:參考數字/虛線 500:玻璃製品 501:接線或電子裝置/電子裝置 600:玻璃製品 636:中間層厚度 640:第一中間層 641a:第一部分 641b:第一部分 642:第一接觸表面 643:第二部分 644:第二接觸表面 646:第一中間層厚度/中間層厚度 648a:參考數字/邊界 648b:參考數字/邊界 650:第二中間層 651a:第一部分 651b:第一部分 652:第三接觸表面 653:第二部分 654:第二部分/第四接觸表面 656:第二中間層厚度/中間層厚度 658a:參考數字/邊界 658b:參考數字/邊界 660:附加聚合物層 661:接線或電子裝置/電子裝置 662:第五接觸表面 664:第六接觸表面 732:第一表面 734:第二表面 746:無機厚度 760:孔 762:孔 770:部分 776:聚合物厚度 782:第一部分 784:第二部分 810:邊沿 820:玻璃製品 830:第一玻璃基板 840:多孔無機層 892:第二部分 894:第一部分 901,902,903,904,905,907,909,911,913,915:步驟 1001:刷子 1003:聚合物溶液或聚合物乳液/聚合物乳液 1006:厚度 1101:烘箱 1202,1204:縫隙 1301:室 1303:真空容器 1311:第一支撐件 1315:第三表面 1317:第一釋放襯墊 1319:第一表面區域 1321:第二支撐件 1323:第三表面 1327:第二釋放襯墊 1329:第一表面區域 1400:玻璃製品 1401:電子裝置/接線或電子裝置 1430:中間層 1432:第一接觸表面 1433:第一中間層 1434:第二接觸表面 1460:附加聚合物層 1462:第三接觸表面 1464:第四接觸表面 1470:另一部分/附加部分 2-2: Line 100: Carrier 110: Body 120: Opening 130: Glass product 7: View/Enlarged view 200: First glass substrate 202: First main surface 204: Second main surface 206: First substrate thickness 220: Second glass substrate 222: Third main surface 224: Fourth main surface 226: Second substrate thickness 230: Intermediate layer 232: First contact surface 234: Second contact surface 236: Intermediate layer thickness/first intermediate layer thickness 240: First porous inorganic layer/porous inorganic layer 250: Second porous inorganic layer/porous inorganic layer 292: Second portion of second porous inorganic layer 294a: first portion of second porous inorganic layer 294b: another first portion of second porous inorganic layer 300: glass product 310: first curvature depth 320: second curvature depth 430: intermediate layer 431a: first portion 431b: first portion 432: first contact surface 433: second portion 434: second contact surface 448a: reference number/dash line 448b: reference number/dash line 500: glass product 501: wiring or electronic device/electronic device 600: glass product 636: intermediate layer thickness 640: first intermediate layer 641a: first portion 641b: first portion 642: first contact surface 643: second part 644: second contact surface 646: first intermediate layer thickness/intermediate layer thickness 648a: reference number/boundary 648b: reference number/boundary 650: second intermediate layer 651a: first part 651b: first part 652: third contact surface 653: second part 654: second part/fourth contact surface 656: second intermediate layer thickness/intermediate layer thickness 658a: reference number/boundary 658b: reference number/boundary 660: additional polymer layer 661: wiring or electronic device/electronic device 662: fifth contact surface 664: sixth contact surface 732: first surface 734: second surface 746: inorganic thickness 760: hole 762: hole 770: part 776: polymer thickness 782: first part 784: second part 810: edge 820: glass article 830: first glass substrate 840: porous inorganic layer 892: second part 894: first part 901,902,903,904,905,907,909,911,913,915: step 1001: brush 1003: polymer solution or polymer emulsion/polymer emulsion 1006: thickness 1101: oven 1202,1204: gap 1301: chamber 1303: vacuum container 1311: first support 1315: third surface 1317: first release pad 1319: first surface area 1321: second support 1323: third surface 1327: second release pad 1329: first surface area 1400: glass article 1401: electronic device/wiring or electronic device 1430: intermediate layer 1432: first contact surface 1433: first intermediate layer 1434: second contact surface 1460: additional polymer layer 1462: third contact surface 1464: fourth contact surface 1470: another part/additional part

當參考隨附圖式閱讀以下詳細描述時,可更好地理解本揭露之態樣之以上及其他特徵及優點,在圖式中:The above and other features and advantages of the present disclosure will be better understood when the following detailed description is read with reference to the accompanying drawings, in which:

1 係包括根據本揭露之態樣之玻璃製品(例如,汽車窗用玻璃)的載具的圖解,其中沿線2-2截取的剖面圖可如 2 圖至第 6 所展示呈現; FIG. 1 is a diagram of a carrier including a glass product (e.g., automotive window glass) according to an aspect of the present disclosure, wherein a cross-sectional view taken along line 2-2 may be presented as shown in FIGS . 2 to 6 ;

2 描繪沿 1 之線2-2截取的根據本揭露之態樣之具有單個中間層的玻璃製品(例如,汽車窗用玻璃)的剖面圖,其中視圖 7可如 7 所展示呈現; FIG. 2 depicts a cross-sectional view of a glass article (e.g., automotive window glass) having a single intermediate layer according to an aspect of the present disclosure, taken along line 2-2 of FIG . 1 , wherein view 7 may be presented as shown in FIG. 7 ;

3 描繪沿 1 之線2-2截取的根據本揭露之態樣之玻璃製品(例如,汽車窗用玻璃)的剖面圖,展示出彎曲汽車窗用玻璃; FIG . 3 depicts a cross-sectional view of a glass product (e.g., automotive window glass) according to an aspect of the present disclosure taken along line 2-2 of FIG. 1 , showing a curved automotive window glass;

4 描繪沿 1 之線2-2截取的根據本揭露之態樣之具有非均勻中間層的玻璃製品(例如,汽車窗用玻璃)的剖面圖; FIG . 4 depicts a cross-sectional view of a glass product (e.g., automotive window glass) having a non-uniform intermediate layer according to an aspect of the present disclosure, taken along line 2-2 of FIG . 1 ;

5 描繪沿 1 之線2-2截取的根據本揭露之態樣之在非均勻中間層中具有電子裝置的玻璃製品(例如,汽車窗用玻璃)的剖面圖; FIG. 5 depicts a cross-sectional view of a glass article (e.g., automotive window glass) having an electronic device in a non-uniform intermediate layer according to an aspect of the present disclosure, taken along line 2-2 of FIG . 1 ;

6 描繪沿 1 之線2-2截取的根據本揭露之態樣之在玻璃基板之間具有多個層及電子裝置的玻璃製品(例如,汽車窗用玻璃)的剖面圖; FIG . 6 depicts a cross-sectional view of a glass product (e.g., automotive window glass) having multiple layers and electronic devices between glass substrates according to an aspect of the present disclosure, taken along line 2-2 of FIG . 1 ;

7 描繪 2 之放大視圖 7,展示出多孔無機層及聚合物材料; FIG . 7 depicts an enlarged view of FIG . 2 , showing the porous inorganic layer and the polymer material;

8 描繪具有與適合於汽車擋風玻璃的多孔無機層相對應的設計的玻璃製品; FIG. 8 depicts a glass article having a design corresponding to a porous inorganic layer suitable for an automobile windshield;

9 係圖示說明根據本揭露之態樣之製作玻璃製品之實例方法的流程圖; FIG. 9 is a flow chart illustrating an example method of manufacturing a glass product according to an aspect of the present disclosure;

10 示意性地圖示說明根據 9 之流程圖的製作玻璃製品之方法中的步驟,該步驟包含對多孔無機層的複數個孔進行填充; FIG. 10 schematically illustrates a step in a method of making a glass article according to the flow chart of FIG . 9 , the step comprising filling a plurality of pores of a porous inorganic layer;

11 示意性地圖示說明根據 9 之流程圖的製作玻璃製品之方法中的步驟,該步驟包含對孔內的材料進行乾燥以形成聚合物材料; FIG. 11 schematically illustrates a step in a method of making a glass article according to the flow chart of FIG . 9 , the step comprising drying the material in the pores to form a polymer material;

12 示意性地圖示說明根據 9 之流程圖的製作玻璃製品之方法中的步驟,該步驟包含將中間層放置於兩個玻璃基板之間; FIG. 12 schematically illustrates a step in a method of making a glass product according to the flow chart of FIG . 9 , the step comprising placing an intermediate layer between two glass substrates;

13 示意性地圖示說明根據 9 之流程圖的製作玻璃製品之方法中的步驟,該步驟包含將第一玻璃基板層壓至第二玻璃基板,使得中間層及多孔無機層定位於第一玻璃基板與第二玻璃基板之間;且 FIG . 13 schematically illustrates a step in a method of making a glass product according to the flow chart of FIG . 9 , the step comprising laminating a first glass substrate to a second glass substrate such that an intermediate layer and a porous inorganic layer are positioned between the first glass substrate and the second glass substrate; and

14 描繪沿 1 之線2-2截取的根據本揭露之態樣之在玻璃基板之間具有電子裝置的玻璃製品(例如,汽車窗用玻璃)的剖面圖,其中多孔無機層佔據電子裝置之覆蓋區。 FIG. 14 depicts a cross-sectional view of a glass article (e.g., automotive glazing) having an electronic device between glass substrates according to an aspect of the present disclosure, taken along line 2-2 of FIG . 1 , wherein the porous inorganic layer occupies the covering area of the electronic device.

在整個揭露中,圖式用於強調某些態樣。因此,除非另外明確指示,否則不應假定圖式中所展示的不同區域、部分及基板的相對大小與其實際相對大小成比例。Throughout the disclosure, drawings are used to emphasize certain aspects. Therefore, unless otherwise explicitly indicated, the relative sizes of different regions, parts, and substrates shown in the drawings should not be assumed to be proportional to their actual relative sizes.

國內寄存資訊(請依寄存機構、日期、號碼順序註記) 無 國外寄存資訊(請依寄存國家、機構、日期、號碼順序註記) 無 Domestic storage information (please note in the order of storage institution, date, and number) None Foreign storage information (please note in the order of storage country, institution, date, and number) None

7:視圖/放大視圖 7: View/Enlarged view

130:玻璃製品 130: Glass products

200:第一玻璃基板 200: First glass substrate

202:第一主表面 202: first main surface

204:第二主表面 204: Second main surface

206:第一基板厚度 206: Thickness of the first substrate

220:第二玻璃基板 220: Second glass substrate

222:第三主表面 222: Third main surface

224:第四主表面 224: Fourth main surface

226:第二基板厚度 226: Second substrate thickness

230:中間層 230: Middle layer

232:第一接觸表面 232: First contact surface

234:第二接觸表面 234: Second contact surface

236:中間層厚度/第一中間層厚度 236: Middle layer thickness/first middle layer thickness

240:第一多孔無機層/多孔無機層 240: First porous inorganic layer/porous inorganic layer

250:第二多孔無機層/多孔無機層 250: Second porous inorganic layer/porous inorganic layer

292:第二多孔無機層之第二部分 292: The second part of the second porous inorganic layer

294a:第二多孔無機層之第一部分 294a: The first part of the second porous inorganic layer

294b:第二多孔無機層之另一第一部分 294b: Another first part of the second porous inorganic layer

Claims (30)

一種玻璃製品,包含: 一第一玻璃基板,該第一玻璃基板包含界定於一第一主表面與跟該第一主表面相反的一第二主表面之間的一第一基板厚度; 一第二玻璃基板,該第二玻璃基板包含界定於一第三主表面與跟該第三主表面相反的一第四主表面之間的一第二基板厚度; 一中間層,該中間層定位於該第二主表面與該第三主表面之間; 一多孔無機層,該多孔無機層包含複數個孔且黏附至該第二主表面或該第三主表面;及 一聚合物材料,該聚合物材料定位於該複數個孔中, 其中該中間層的一第一玻璃轉變溫度比該聚合物材料的一第二玻璃轉變溫度大約10℃或更大。 A glass product, comprising: a first glass substrate, the first glass substrate comprising a first substrate thickness defined between a first major surface and a second major surface opposite to the first major surface; a second glass substrate, the second glass substrate comprising a second substrate thickness defined between a third major surface and a fourth major surface opposite to the third major surface; an intermediate layer, the intermediate layer positioned between the second major surface and the third major surface; a porous inorganic layer, the porous inorganic layer comprising a plurality of pores and adhered to the second major surface or the third major surface; and a polymer material, the polymer material positioned in the plurality of pores, wherein a first glass transition temperature of the intermediate layer is approximately 10°C or greater than a second glass transition temperature of the polymer material. 如請求項1所述之玻璃製品,其中該中間層的該第一玻璃轉變溫度比該聚合物材料的該第二玻璃轉變溫度大約15℃至約30℃。The glass article of claim 1, wherein the first glass transition temperature of the intermediate layer is about 15°C to about 30°C greater than the second glass transition temperature of the polymer material. 如請求項1所述之玻璃製品,其中當用一D65照明體自該第一主表面照明時,該玻璃製品之其中該聚合物材料定位於該多孔無機層的該複數個孔內的一第一部分與該玻璃製品之其中該多孔無機層未填充有該聚合物材料的包括該多孔無機層的一第二部分之間的一最大ΔE值為約2.0或更小。A glass article as described in claim 1, wherein when illuminated from the first major surface with a D65 illuminant, a maximum ΔE value between a first portion of the glass article in which the polymer material is positioned within the plurality of pores of the porous inorganic layer and a second portion of the glass article in which the porous inorganic layer is not filled with the polymer material and includes the porous inorganic layer is approximately 2.0 or less. 一種玻璃製品,包含: 一第一玻璃基板,該第一玻璃基板包含界定於一第一主表面與跟該第一主表面相反的一第二主表面之間的一第一基板厚度; 一第二玻璃基板,該第二玻璃基板包含界定於一第三主表面與跟該第三主表面相反的一第四主表面之間的一第二基板厚度; 一中間層,該中間層定位於該第二主表面與該第三主表面之間; 一多孔無機層,該多孔無機層包含複數個孔且黏附至該第二主表面或該第三主表面;及 一聚合物材料,該聚合物材料定位於該複數個孔中,其中該聚合物材料在組成物上不同於該中間層, 其中當用一D65照明體自該第一主表面照明時,該玻璃製品之其中該聚合物材料定位於該多孔無機層的該複數個孔內的一第一部分與該玻璃製品之其中該多孔無機層未填充有該聚合物材料的包括該多孔無機層的一第二部分之間的一最大ΔE值為約2.0或更小。 A glass product, comprising: a first glass substrate, the first glass substrate comprising a first substrate thickness defined between a first major surface and a second major surface opposite to the first major surface; a second glass substrate, the second glass substrate comprising a second substrate thickness defined between a third major surface and a fourth major surface opposite to the third major surface; an intermediate layer, the intermediate layer positioned between the second major surface and the third major surface; a porous inorganic layer, the porous inorganic layer comprising a plurality of pores and adhered to the second major surface or the third major surface; and a polymer material, the polymer material being positioned in the plurality of pores, wherein the polymer material is different in composition from the intermediate layer, wherein when illuminated from the first major surface with a D65 illuminant, a maximum ΔE value between a first portion of the glass article in which the polymer material is positioned within the plurality of pores of the porous inorganic layer and a second portion of the glass article including the porous inorganic layer in which the porous inorganic layer is not filled with the polymer material is about 2.0 or less. 如請求項4所述之玻璃製品,其中該最大ΔE值為約0.1至約1.0。The glass article of claim 4, wherein the maximum ΔE value is about 0.1 to about 1.0. 如請求項3-4中任一項所述之玻璃製品,其中該第一部分的一CIE L*值與該第二部分的一CIE L*值之間的一差值的一絕對值為約1或更小。The glass article of any one of claims 3-4, wherein an absolute value of a difference between a CIE L* value of the first portion and a CIE L* value of the second portion is about 1 or less. 如請求項6所述之玻璃製品,其中該第一部分的該CIE L*值與該第二部分的該CIE L*值之間的該差值的該絕對值為約0.5或更小。The glass article as described in claim 6, wherein the absolute value of the difference between the CIE L* value of the first portion and the CIE L* value of the second portion is about 0.5 or less. 如請求項3-4中任一項所述之玻璃製品,其中該第一部分的一CIE a*值與該第二部分的一CIE a*值之間的一差值的一絕對值為約0.5或更小。The glass article of any one of claims 3-4, wherein an absolute value of a difference between a CIE a* value of the first portion and a CIE a* value of the second portion is about 0.5 or less. 如請求項3-4中任一項所述之玻璃製品,其中該第一部分的一CIE b*值與該第二部分的一CIE b*值之間的一差值的一絕對值為約0.5或更小。The glass article of any one of claims 3-4, wherein an absolute value of a difference between a CIE b* value of the first portion and a CIE b* value of the second portion is about 0.5 or less. 如請求項3-4中任一項所述之玻璃製品,其中該聚合物材料中的一聚合物與該中間層中的一聚合物相同。A glass article as described in any of claims 3-4, wherein a polymer in the polymer material is the same as a polymer in the intermediate layer. 如請求項3-4中任一項所述之玻璃製品,其中該聚合物材料中的一聚合物與該中間層中的一聚合物不同。A glass article as described in any of claims 3-4, wherein a polymer in the polymer material is different from a polymer in the intermediate layer. 如請求項11所述之玻璃製品,其中該聚合物材料係半結晶的,且該聚合物材料的一熔化溫度為約100℃或更小。A glass article as described in claim 11, wherein the polymer material is semi-crystalline and has a melting temperature of about 100°C or less. 如請求項1-2或4-5中任一項所述之玻璃製品,其中該中間層包含聚(乙烯醇縮丁醛)。A glass article as described in any one of claims 1-2 or 4-5, wherein the intermediate layer comprises poly(vinyl butyral). 如請求項1-2或4-5中任一項所述之玻璃製品,其中該聚合物材料的一折射率與該第一玻璃基板或該第二玻璃基板的一折射率之間的一差值的一絕對值為約0.05或更小。The glass article as described in any one of claims 1-2 or 4-5, wherein an absolute value of a difference between a refractive index of the polymer material and a refractive index of the first glass substrate or the second glass substrate is about 0.05 or less. 如請求項1-2或4-5中任一項所述之玻璃製品,其中該玻璃製品之包含該多孔無機層的一部分在至少兩側上包圍該玻璃製品之不具有該多孔無機層的另一部分。The glass article as described in any one of claims 1-2 or 4-5, wherein a portion of the glass article including the porous inorganic layer surrounds another portion of the glass article without the porous inorganic layer on at least two sides. 如請求項15所述之玻璃製品,其中該玻璃製品之該另一部分之至少一部分不含該聚合物材料,且該玻璃製品之包含該多孔無機層的該部分之至少一部分包括該聚合物材料。The glass article as described in claim 15, wherein at least a portion of the other portion of the glass article does not contain the polymer material, and at least a portion of the portion of the glass article comprising the porous inorganic layer includes the polymer material. 如請求項15所述之玻璃製品,其中該中間層係非均勻的,且該玻璃製品之該另一部分中的該中間層之至少一部分含有比該玻璃製品之包含包括該聚合物材料的該多孔無機層的該部分中的一塑化劑的一濃度高的該塑化劑的一濃度。A glass article as described in claim 15, wherein the intermediate layer is non-uniform and at least a portion of the intermediate layer in the other portion of the glass article contains a concentration of the plasticizer that is higher than a concentration of the plasticizer in the portion of the glass article that includes the porous inorganic layer comprising the polymer material. 如請求項1-2或4-5中任一項所述之玻璃製品,其中該聚合物材料中的一塑化劑的一濃度大於該中間層中的一塑化劑的一濃度。A glass article as described in any of claims 1-2 or 4-5, wherein a concentration of a plasticizer in the polymer material is greater than a concentration of a plasticizer in the intermediate layer. 如請求項1-2或4-5中任一項所述之玻璃製品,其中該聚合物材料包含一量為該聚合物材料的約25重量%至約50重量%的一塑化劑。A glass article as described in any of claims 1-2 or 4-5, wherein the polymer material comprises a plasticizer in an amount of about 25% to about 50% by weight of the polymer material. 如請求項1-2或4-5中任一項所述之玻璃製品,其中對於法向入射於該玻璃製品的包含該多孔無機層的一部分中的該第一主表面上的400 nm至700 nm的光,該玻璃製品表現出約2.0%或更小的一積分可見光透射率。A glass article as described in any of claims 1-2 or 4-5, wherein the glass article exhibits an integrated visible light transmittance of about 2.0% or less for 400 nm to 700 nm light normally incident on the first major surface in a portion of the glass article containing the porous inorganic layer. 如請求項1-2或4-5中任一項所述之玻璃製品,其中該聚合物材料包含實質上線性聚合物。A glass article as described in any of claims 1-2 or 4-5, wherein the polymer material comprises a substantially linear polymer. 如請求項1-2或4-5中任一項所述之玻璃製品,其中該聚合物材料的一聚合物厚度為約30微米或更小。A glass article as described in any of claims 1-2 or 4-5, wherein a polymer thickness of the polymer material is about 30 microns or less. 如請求項1-2或4-5中任一項所述之玻璃製品,其中該聚合物材料存在於該玻璃製品的一外周處,覆蓋該多孔無機層。A glass article as described in any one of claims 1-2 or 4-5, wherein the polymer material is present at a periphery of the glass article, covering the porous inorganic layer. 如請求項1-2或4-5中任一項所述之玻璃製品,其中該多孔無機層包含約10體積%至約60體積%的一孔隙率。The glass article of any one of claims 1-2 or 4-5, wherein the porous inorganic layer comprises a porosity of about 10 volume % to about 60 volume %. 如請求項1-2或4-5中任一項所述之玻璃製品,其中該多孔無機層的一厚度為約10微米至約30微米。The glass article of any one of claims 1-2 or 4-5, wherein the porous inorganic layer has a thickness of about 10 microns to about 30 microns. 如請求項1-2或4-5中任一項所述之玻璃製品,進一步包含:一第二聚合物層,該第二聚合物層黏附至該第三主表面,其中該多孔無機層黏附至該第二主表面,且該聚合物材料定位於該多孔無機層的孔內及該第二多孔無機層的孔內。The glass article as described in any of claims 1-2 or 4-5 further comprises: a second polymer layer, the second polymer layer is adhered to the third major surface, wherein the porous inorganic layer is adhered to the second major surface, and the polymer material is positioned in the pores of the porous inorganic layer and in the pores of the second porous inorganic layer. 如請求項1-2或4-5中任一項所述之玻璃製品,進一步包含:接線或一電子組件,該接線或一電子組件定位於該第一玻璃基板與該第二玻璃基板之間。The glass product as described in any one of claims 1-2 or 4-5 further comprises: a connection or an electronic component, wherein the connection or the electronic component is positioned between the first glass substrate and the second glass substrate. 如請求項1-2或4-5中任一項所述之玻璃製品,其中該中間層包含一第一部分及一第二部分,其中該第一部分包含不同於該第二部分的一組成物,其中該中間層之該第一部分沉積於該多孔無機層的該等孔中之至少一些孔中,其中該聚合物材料設置於該多孔無機層的孔中及該部分與該多孔無機層之間。A glass product as described in any of claims 1-2 or 4-5, wherein the intermediate layer comprises a first part and a second part, wherein the first part comprises a composition different from that of the second part, wherein the first part of the intermediate layer is deposited in at least some of the pores of the porous inorganic layer, and wherein the polymer material is disposed in the pores of the porous inorganic layer and between the part and the porous inorganic layer. 一種形成一玻璃製品之方法,包含以下步驟: 用一聚合物溶液或一聚合物乳液填充一多孔無機層的複數個孔,該多孔無機層黏附至一第一玻璃基板; 在約20℃至約80℃的一溫度下對該聚合物溶液或該聚合物乳液進行乾燥達約10分鐘或更長,以形成定位於該複數個孔內的一聚合物材料; 在該多孔無機層上設置一中間層;及 將該第一玻璃基板層壓至一第二玻璃基板,使得該多孔無機層及該中間層定位於該第一玻璃基板與該第二玻璃基板之間。 A method for forming a glass product comprises the following steps: Filling a plurality of pores of a porous inorganic layer with a polymer solution or a polymer emulsion, the porous inorganic layer being adhered to a first glass substrate; Drying the polymer solution or the polymer emulsion at a temperature of about 20°C to about 80°C for about 10 minutes or longer to form a polymer material positioned in the plurality of pores; Disposing an intermediate layer on the porous inorganic layer; and Pressing the first glass substrate against a second glass substrate so that the porous inorganic layer and the intermediate layer are positioned between the first glass substrate and the second glass substrate. 如請求項29所述之方法,其中該聚合物溶液或該聚合物乳液的一黏度在約10 mPa-s至約8,000 mPa-s的一範圍內。The method of claim 29, wherein a viscosity of the polymer solution or the polymer emulsion is in a range of about 10 mPa-s to about 8,000 mPa-s.
TW112143613A 2022-11-22 2023-11-13 Glass articles and methods of making the same TW202428536A (en)

Applications Claiming Priority (2)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
US202263427167P 2022-11-22 2022-11-22
US63/427,167 2022-11-22

Publications (1)

Publication Number Publication Date
TW202428536A true TW202428536A (en) 2024-07-16

Family

ID=89168332

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
TW112143613A TW202428536A (en) 2022-11-22 2023-11-13 Glass articles and methods of making the same

Country Status (2)

Country Link
TW (1) TW202428536A (en)
WO (1) WO2024112425A1 (en)

Family Cites Families (10)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US20070087183A1 (en) * 2005-10-18 2007-04-19 Cpfilms, Inc. Glazing and film functional coatings having a porous inorganic layer and a polymeric filler
EP2617690B1 (en) 2012-01-19 2017-11-22 Corning Incorporated Method of decorating chemically strengthened glass
US9346708B2 (en) 2012-05-04 2016-05-24 Corning Incorporated Strengthened glass substrates with glass frits and methods for making the same
US8854623B2 (en) 2012-10-25 2014-10-07 Corning Incorporated Systems and methods for measuring a profile characteristic of a glass sample
US11554986B2 (en) 2013-02-26 2023-01-17 Corning Incorporated Decorative porous inorganic layer compatible with ion exchange processes
JP6725416B2 (en) 2013-11-19 2020-07-15 コーニング インコーポレイテッド Ion-exchangeable glass with high damage resistance
US9724727B2 (en) 2014-02-13 2017-08-08 Corning Incorporated Methods for printing on glass
TW201704009A (en) * 2015-06-02 2017-02-01 康寧公司 Glass laminate with pane having glass-glass laminate structure
WO2018213213A1 (en) 2017-05-15 2018-11-22 Corning Incorporated Laminate having organic ink decoration and high impact resistance
KR102687909B1 (en) * 2019-04-16 2024-07-24 코닝 인코포레이티드 Pore-filled decorative layers and automotive glass for ion exchange

Also Published As

Publication number Publication date
WO2024112425A1 (en) 2024-05-30

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
KR102586148B1 (en) Automotive and architectural glass articles and laminates
US10882780B2 (en) Process for manufacturing a glazing, and glazing thereby produced
CN111372773B (en) Laminated glass with thin inlay veil having high strength and excellent optical quality
US9475726B2 (en) Process for manufacturing a glass substrate comprising printed enamel patterns
KR20200088407A (en) Glass sheet coated with a stack of thin layers and an enamel layer
JP4593545B2 (en) Method for manufacturing laminated glass for vehicle and laminated glass for vehicle
CN106458743A (en) Laminated glass with thin inner panes
KR102687909B1 (en) Pore-filled decorative layers and automotive glass for ion exchange
CN114765970B (en) Laminated glazing for a vehicle, in particular a motor vehicle
JP2004511581A (en) Aqueous black enamel composition for glass substrates
US11813821B2 (en) Invisible edge solid substrate compensation layer for automotive glazing
JP2023546820A (en) How to obtain curved laminate glazing
CN115974420A (en) Glass pane, paste for producing a coating for a glass pane and composite comprising a glass pane
TW202428536A (en) Glass articles and methods of making the same
CN114126858A (en) Laminated glazing
KR20200143706A (en) Uniformly paired glass articles and hybrid laminates
KR20220155569A (en) Glass sheet coated with a stack of thin layers and a layer of enamel
WO2024118750A1 (en) Decorative enamel for automotive glasses and associated methods
WO2023224799A1 (en) Decorative enamel for automotive glasses and associated methods
US20240293998A1 (en) Chemically strengthened laminate with obscuration and method of manufacture
JP2015074583A (en) Coating glass plate with mark and method for producing the same
JP6185643B2 (en) Coated glass plate with mark and method for producing the same
CN118724473A (en) Coated glass sheet, composite material comprising same, and slurry for manufacturing same
WO2023244750A1 (en) Solar devices with borosilicate glass and methods of the same